Endnotes

Chapter 1

  1. 1. “Survey: Few CFOs Plan to Invest in Interpersonal Skills Development for Their Teams,” Accountemps press release, June 19, 2013, on the Accountemps website,  http://accountemps.rhi.mediaroom.com/2013-06-19-Survey-Few-CFOs-Plan-to-Invest-in-Interpersonal-Skills-Development-for-Their-Teams.

  2. 2. K. Dill, “The 20 Best Places to Work in 2015,” Forbes, December 10,  2014,  http://www.forbes.com/sites/kathryndill/2014/12/10/the-best-places-to-work-in-2015/.

  3. 3. I. S. Fulmer, B. Gerhart, and K. S. Scott, “Are the 100 Best Better? An Empirical Investigation of the Relationship between Being a ‘Great Place to Work’ and Firm Performance,” Personnel Psychology 56, no. 4, (2003): 965–93.

  4. 4. S. E. Humphrey, J. D. Nahrgang, and F. P. Morgeson, “Integrating Motivational, Social, and Contextual Work Design Features: A Meta-Analytic Summary and Theoretical Extension of the Work Design Literature,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 5 (2007): 1332–56.

  5. 5. E. R. Burris, “The Risks and Rewards of Speaking Up: Managerial Responses to Employee Voice,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 4 (2012): 851–75.

  6. 6. T. L. Miller, C. L. Wesley II, and D. E. Williams, “Educating the Minds of Caring Hearts: Comparing the Views of Practitioners and Educators on the Importance of Social Entrepreneurship Competencies,” Academy of Management Learning & Education 2, no. 3 (2012): 349–70.

  7. 7. H. Aguinis and A. Glavas, “What We Don’t Know about Corporate Social Responsibility: A Review and Research Agenda,” Journal of Management 38, no. 4 (2012): 932–68.

  8. 8. D. Meinert, “Background on Bosses,” HR Magazine, August 2014, 29.

  9. 9. Ibid.

  10. 10. Ibid.

  11. 11. For a review of what one researcher believes should be included in organizational behavior, based on survey data, see J. B. Miner, “The Rated Importance, Scientific Validity, and Practical Usefulness of Organizational Behavior Theories: A Quantitative Review,” Academy of Management Learning & Education 2, no. 3 (2003): 250–68.

  12. 12. For the original study, see F. Luthans, “Successful vs. Effective Real Managers,” Academy of Management Executive, 2, no. 2 (1988): 127–32. A great deal of research has been built by Fred Luthans and others from this study. See, for example, M. M. Hopkins, D. A. O’Neil, and J. K. Stoller, “Distinguishing Competencies of Effective Physician Leaders,” Journal of Management Development 34, no. 5 (2015): 566–84.

  13. 13. P. Wu, M. Foo, and D. B. Turban, “The Role of Personality in Relationship Closeness, Developer Assistance, and Career Success,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 73, no. 3 (2008): 440–48.

  14. 14. L. Dragoni, H. Park, J. Soltis, and S. Forte-Trammell, “Show and Tell: How Supervisors Facilitate Leader Development Among Transitioning Leaders,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 1 (2014): 66–86.

  15. 15. D. M. Rousseau, The Oxford Handbook of Evidence-Based Management (New York: Oxford University Press, 2014).

  16. 16. J. Welch and S. Welch, “When to Go with Your Gut,” LinkedIn Pulse (blog post), November 12, 2013, https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/20131112125301-86541065-when-to-go-with-your-gut.

  17. 17. Z. Karabell, “Everyone Has a Data Point,” The Wall Street Journal, February 19, 2014, A11.

  18. 18. E. Morozov, “Every Little Byte Counts,” The New York Times Book Review, May 18, 2014, 23.

  19. 19. M. Taves, “If I Could Have More Data...”, The Wall Street Journal, March 24, 2014, R5.

  20. 20. “The Future of Work—A Journey to 2022,”, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Report, 2014, http://www.pwc.com/gx/en/issues/talent/future-of-work/journey-to-2022.html

  21. 21. N. Bloom, R. Sadun, and J. Van Reenan, “Does Management Really Work? How Three Essential Practices can Address Even the Most Complex Global Problems,” Harvard Business Review, November 2012, 77–82.

  22. 22. C. Cole, Association for Psychological Science, “Changing Neurobiology with Behavior,” Observer 27, no. 6 (2014): 29–32.

  23. 23. E. Dwoskin, “Big Data Knows When You Turn off the Lights,” The Wall Street Journal, October 21, 2014, B1–B2.

  24. 24. S. Lohr, “Unblinking Eyes Track Employees,” The New York Times, June 22, 2014, 1, 15.

  25. 25. R. Karlgaard, “Danger Lurking: Taylor’s Ghost,” Forbes, May 26, 2014, 34.

  26. 26. C. Karmin and S. Chaturvedi, “Grosvenor House Is Seized,” The Wall Street Journal, March 4, 2015, C8.

  27. 27. V. McGrane, “The Downside of Lower Unemployment,” The Wall Street Journal, February 3, 2014, A2.

  28. 28. A. Lowrey, “Long Out of Work, and Running Out of Options,” The New York Times, April 4, 2014, B1, B4.

  29. 29. L. Weber and R. E. Silverman, “On-Demand Workers: ‘We Are Not Robots,’ ” The Wall Street Journal, January 28, 2015, B1, B7.

  30. 30. C. Porter and M. Korn, “Can This Online Course Get Me a Job?” The Wall Street Journal, March 4, 2014, B7.

  31. 31. D. Belkin and M. Peters, “For New Grads, Path to a Career Is Bumpy,” The Wall Street Journal, May 24–25, 2014, A5.

  32. 32. N. Kitsantonis, “A Hands-On Approach to the Greek Economy,” The New York Times, March 25, 2014, B3.

  33. 33. G. Naik, “Global Life Expectancy Rises by Six Years,” The Wall Street Journal, December 18, 2014, A10.

  34. 34. J. Greenwald, “Tips for Dealing with Employees Whose Social Media Posts Reflect Badly on Your Company,” Forbes, March 6, 2015, www.forbes.com/sites/entrepreneursorganization/2015/03/06/tips-for-dealing-with-employees-whose-social-media-posts-reflect-badly-on-your-company/.

  35. 35. E. Jaffe, Association for Psychological Science, “Using Technology to Scale the Scientific Mountain,” Observer 27, no. 6 (2014): 17–19.

  36. 36. N. Fallon, “No Face Time? No Problem: How to Keep Virtual Workers Engaged,” Business News Daily, October 2, 2014, http://www.businessnewsdaily.com/7228-engaging-remote-employees.html.

  37. 37. E. J. Hirst, “Burnout on the Rise,” Chicago Tribune, October 19, 2012, http://articles.chicagotribune.com/2012-10-29/business/ct-biz-1029-employee-burnout-20121029_1_employee-burnout-herbert-freudenberger-employee-stress.

  38. 38. F. Luthans and C. M. Youssef, “Emerging Positive Organizational Behavior,” Journal of Management 33, no. 3 (2007): 321–49; C. M. Youssef and F. Luthans, “Positive Organizational Behavior in the Workplace: The Impact of Hope, Optimism, and Resilience,” Journal of Management 33, no. 5 (2007): 774–800; and J. E. Dutton and S. Sonenshein, “Positive Organizational Scholarship,” in Encyclopedia of Positive Psychology, eds. C. Cooper and J. Barling, (Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 2007).

  39. 39. “Five Jobs That Won’t Exist in 10 Years... And One New Title You’ll Start to See,” HR Magazine, February 2014, 16.

  40. 40. Editorial Board, “NCAA Should Punish the University of North Carolina for Cheating Scandal,” Chicago Tribune, November 7, 2014, http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/opinion/editorials/ct-north-carolina-sports-scandal-edit-1108-20141107-story.html, accessed March 11, 2015.

  41. 41. D. M. Mayer, M. Kuenzi, R. Greenbaum, M. Bardes, and R. Salvador, “How Low Does Ethical Leadership Flow? Test of a Trickle-Down Model,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 108, no. 1 (2009): 1–13; and A. Ardichvili, J. A. Mitchell, and D. Jondle, “Characteristics of Ethical Business Cultures,” Journal of Business Ethics 85, no. 4 (2009): 445–51.

  42. 42. D. Meinert, “Managers’ Influence,” HR Magazine, April 2014, 25.

  43. 43. X. Zhao and A. S. Mattila, “Examining the Spillover Effect of Frontline Employees’ Work-Family Conflict on Their Affective Work Attitudes and Customer Satisfaction,” International Journal of Hospitality Management 33 (2013): 310–15.

Chapter 2

  1. 1. A. R. Davies and B. D. Frink, “The Origins of the Ideal Worker: The Separation of Work and Home in the United States from the Market Revolution to 1950,” Work and Occupations 41, no. 1 (2014): 18–39.

  2. 2. U.S. Census Bureau, Current Population Survey, December 2014; S. Ricker, “The Changing Face of U.S. Jobs: Composition of Occupations by Gender, Race, and Age from 2001–2014,” The Hiring Site (CareerBuilder blog) March 26, 2015, www.thehiringsite.careerbuilder.com/2015/03/26/9-findings-diversity-americas-workforce.

  3. 3. L. Colley, “Not Codgers in Cardigans! Female Workforce Participation and Ageing Public Services,” Gender Work and Organization 20, no. 3 (2013): 327–48.

  4. 4. W. H. Frey, Diversity Explosion: How New Racial Demographics are Remaking America (Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press, 2014).

  5. 5. M. Toossi, “Labor Force Projections to 2020: A More Slowly Growing Workforce,” Monthly Labor Review 135, no. 1 (2012): 43–64.

  6. 6. C. T. Kulik, “Spotlight on the Context: How a Stereotype Threat Framework Might Help Organizations to Attract and Retain Older Workers,” Industrial and Organizational Psychology 7, no. 3 (2014): 456–61.

  7. 7. A. H. Eagly and J. L. Chin, “Are Memberships in Race, Ethnicity, and Gender Categories Merely Surface Characteristics?” American Psychologist 65, no. 9 (2010): 934–35.

  8. 8. W. J. Casper, J. H. Wayne, and J. G. Manegold, “Who Will We Recruit? Targeting Deep- and Surface-Level Diversity with Human Resource Policy Advertising,” Human Resource Management 52, no. 3 (2013): 311–32.

  9. 9. J. H. Carlson and J. D. Seacat, “Multiple Threat: Overweight/Obese Women in the Workforce,” and B. J. Casad and S. M. Merritt, “The Importance of Stereotype Threat Mechanisms in Workplace Outcomes,” Industrial and Organizational Psychology 7, no. 3 (2014): 413–18.

  10. 10. G. Czukor and M. Bayazit, “Casting a Wide Net? Performance Deficit, Priming, and Subjective Performance Evaluation in Organizational Stereotype Threat Research,” Industrial and Organizational Psychology 7, no. 3 (2014): 409–12; K. S. Jones and N. C. Carpenter, “Toward a Sociocultural Psychological Approach to Examining Stereotype Threat in the Workplace,” Industrial and Organizational Psychology 7, no. 3 (2014): 429–32; and C. T. Kulik, “Spotlight on the Context: How a Stereotype Threat Framework Might Help Organizations to Attract and Retain Older Workers,” Industrial and Organizational Psychology 7, no. 3 (2014): 456–61.

  11. 11. L. M. Cortina, “Unseen Injustice: Incivility as Modern Discrimination in Organizations,” Academy of Management Review 33, no. 1 (2008): 55–75; and C. M. Harold and B. C. Holtz, “The Effects of Passive Leadership on Workplace Incivility,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 36, no. 1 (2015): 16–38.

  12. 12. J. P. Jamieson, K. Koslov, M. K. Nock, and W. B. Mendes, “Experiencing Discrimination Increases Risk Taking,” Psychological Science 24, no. 2 (2012): 131–39.

  13. 13. C. T. Kulik, S. Ryan, S. Harper, and G. George, “Aging Populations and Management,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 4 (2014): 929–35.

  14. 14. T. Lytle, “Benefits for Older Workers,” HR Magazine, March 2012, 53–58.

  15. 15. A. Tergesen, “Why Everything You Know about Aging Is Probably Wrong,” The Wall Street Journal, December 1, 2014, B1–B2.

  16. 16. L. Turner and A. Suflas, “Global Diversity—One Program Won’t Fit All,” HR Magazine, May 2014, 59–61.

  17. 17. L. Weber, “Americans Rip Up Retirement Plans,” The Wall Street Journal, January 31, 2013, http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323926104578276241741448064.html.

  18. 18. M. Chand and R. L. Tung, “The Aging of the World’s Population and Its Effects on Global Business,” Academy of Management Perspectives 28, no. 4 (2014): 409–29.

  19. 19. S. Shellenbarger, “Work & Family Mailbox,” The Wall Street Journal, January 29, 2014, D2.

  20. 20. N. E. Wolfson, T. M. Cavanaugh, and K. Kraiger, “Older Adults and Technology-Based Instruction: Optimizing Learning Outcomes and Transfer,” Academy of Management Learning & Education 13, no. 1 (2014): 26–44.

  21. 21. A. Tergesen, “Why Everything You Know about Aging Is Probably Wrong.” The Wall Street Journal (November 30, 2014).

  22. 22. Ibid.

  23. 23. Ibid.

  24. 24. T. W. H. Ng and D. C. Feldman, “The Relationship of Age with Job Attitudes: A Meta-Analysis,” Personnel Psychology 63, no. 3 (2010): 677–718.

  25. 25. E. Zell, Z. Krizan, and S. R. Teeter, “Evaluating Gender Similarities and Differences Using Metasynthesis,” American Psychologist 70, no. 1 (2015): 10–20.

  26. 26. J. B. Allendorfer et al., “Females and Males Are Highly Similar in Language Performance and Cortical Activation Patterns during Verb Generation,” Cortex 48, no. 9 (2012): 1218–33; and A. Ardilla, M. Rosselli, E. Matute, and O. Inozemtseva, “Gender Differences in Cognitive Development,” Developmental Psychology 47, no. 4 (2011): 984–90.

  27. 27. P. L. Roth, K. L. Purvis, and P. Bobko, “A Meta-Analysis of Gender Group Differences for Measures of Job Performance in Field Studies,” Journal of Management 38, no. 2 (2012): 719–39.

  28. 28. S. C. Paustian-Underdahl, L. S. Walker, and D. J. Woehr, “Gender and Perceptions of Leadership Effectiveness: A Meta-Analysis of Contextual Moderators,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 6 (2014): 1129–45.

  29. 29. R. E. Silverman, “Study Suggests Fix for Gender Bias on the Job,” The Wall Street Journal, January 9, 2013, D4.

  30. 30. A. J. Koch, S. D. D’Mello, and P. R. Sackett, “A Meta-Analysis of Gender Stereotypes and Bias in Experimental Simulations of Employment Decision Making,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 1 (2015): 128–61.

  31. 31. E. B. King et al., “Benevolent Sexism at Work: Gender Differences in the Distribution of Challenging Developmental Experiences,” Journal of Management 38, no. 6 (2012): 1835–66.

  32. 32. L. Gartzia, M. K. Ryan, N. Balluerka, and A. Aritzeta, “Think Crisis-Think Female: Further Evidence,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 21, no. 4 (2014): 603–28.

  33. 33. P. Wechsler, “58 Women CFOs in the Fortune 500: Is This Progress?” Fortune, February 24, 2015, http://fortune.com/2015/02/24/58-women-cfos-in-the-fortune-500-is-this-progress/.

  34. 34. L. Turner and A. Suflas, “Global Diversity—One Program Won’t Fit All.”

  35. 35. Ibid.

  36. 36. H. L. Kusterer, T. Lindholm, and H. Montgomery, “Gender Typing in Stereotypes and Evaluations of Actual Managers,” Journal of Managerial Psychology 28, no. 5 (2013): 561–79; and W. B. Morgan, K. B. Elder, and E. B. King, “The Emergence and Reduction of Bias in Letters of Recommendation,” Journal of Applied Social Psychology 43, no. 11 (2013): 2297–2306.

  37. 37. T. Vega, “With Diversity Still Lacking, Industry Focuses on Retention,” The New York Times, September 4, 2012, B3.

  38. 38. D. R. Avery, P. F. McKay, and D. C. Wilson “What Are the Odds? How Demographic Similarity Affects the Prevalence of Perceived Employment Discrimination,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 2 (2008): 235–49.

  39. 39. J. M. Sacco, C. R. Scheu, A. M. Ryan, and N. Schmitt, “An Investigation of Race and Sex Similarity Effects in Interviews: A Multilevel Approach to Relational Demography,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 5 (2003): 852–65; and P. F. McKay and M. A. McDaniel, “A Reexamination of Black-White Mean Differences in Work Performance: More Data, More Moderators,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 3 (2006): 538–54.

  40. 40. S. Mullainathan, “The Measuring Sticks of Racial Bias,” The New York Times, January 4, 2015, 6.

  41. 41. L. Turner and A. Suflas, “Global Diversity—One Program Won’t Fit All.”

  42. 42. Information on the Americans with Disabilities Act can be found on their website at www.ada.gov.

  43. 43. S. G. Goldberg, M. B. Killeen, and B. O’Day, “The Disclosure Conundrum: How People with Psychiatric Disabilities Navigate Employment,” Psychology, Public Policy, and Law 11, no. 3 (2005): 463–500; and M. L. Ellison, Z. Russinova, K. L. MacDonald-Wilson, and A. Lyass, “Patterns and Correlates of Workplace Disclosure among Professionals and Managers with Psychiatric Conditions,” Journal of Vocational Rehabilitation 18, no. 1 (2003): 3–13.

  44. 44. B. S. Bell and K. J. Klein, “Effect of Disability, Gender, and Job Level on Ratings of Job Applicants,” Rehabilitation Psychology 46, no. 3 (2001): 229–46; and E. Louvet, “Social Judgment Toward Job Applicants with Disabilities: Perception of Personal Qualities and Competences,” Rehabilitation Psychology 52, no. 3 (2007): 297–303.

  45. 45. L. R. Ren, R. L. Paetzold, and A. Colella, “A Meta-Analysis of Experimental Studies on the Effects of Disability on Human Resource Judgments,” Human Resource Management Review 18, no. 3 (2008): 191–203.

  46. 46. S. Almond and A. Healey, “Mental Health and Absence from Work: New Evidence from the UK Quarterly Labour Force Survey,” Work, Employment, and Society 17, no. 4 (2003): 731–42.

  47. 47. P. T. J. H. Nelissen, K. Vornholt, G. M. C. Van Ruitenbeek, U. R. HÜlsheger, and S. Uitdewilligen, “Disclosure or Nondisclosure—Is This the Question?” Industrial and Organizational Psychology 7, no. 2 (2014): 231–35.

  48. 48. A. M. Santuzzi, P. R. Waltz, and L. M. Finkelstein, “Invisible Disabilities: Unique Challenges for Employees and Organizations,” Industrial and Organizational Psychology 7, no. 2 (2014): 204–19.

  49. 49. Ibid.

  50. 50. R. A. Schriber, R. W. Robins, and M. Solomon, “Personality and Self-Insight in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 106, no. 1 (2014): 112–30.

  51. 51. C. L. Nittrouer, R. C. E. Trump, K. R. O’Brien, and M. Hebl, “Stand Up and Be Counted: In the Long Run, Disclosing Helps All,” Industrial and Organizational Psychology 7, no. 2 (2014): 235–41.

  52. 52. L. Turner and A. Suflas, “Global Diversity—One Program Won’t Fit All.”

  53. 53. T. Audi, “A New Mosque Rises in Anchorage,” The Wall Street Journal, August 15, 2014, A5.

  54. 54. E. B. King and A. S. Ahmad, “An Experimental Field Study of Interpersonal Discrimination Toward Muslim Job Applicants,” Personnel Psychology 63, no. 4 (2010): 881–906.

  55. 55. A. Liptak, “In a Case of Religious Dress, Justices Explore the Obligations of Employers,” The New York Times, February 25, 2015,  http://www.nytimes.com/2015/02/26/us/in-a-case-of-religious-dress-justices-explore-the-obligations-of-employers.html?

  56. 56. A. Tilcsik, “Pride and Prejudice: Employment Discrimination against Openly Gay Men in the United States,” American Journal of Sociology 117, no. 2 (2011): 586–626.

  57. 57. J. Browne, “What One CEO Learned by Being Outed,” The Wall Street Journal, June 7–8, 2014, C3.

  58. 58. “Facts about Discrimination in Federal Government Employment Based on Marital Status, Political Affiliation, Status as a Parent, Sexual Orientation, or Transgender (Gender Identity) Status,” U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (2013), www.eeoc.gov/federal/otherprotections.cfm.

  59. 59. L. Turner and A. Suflas, “Global Diversity—One Program Won’t Fit All.”

  60. 60. V. Priola, D. Lasio, S. De Simone, and F. Serri, “The Sound of Silence: Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Discrimination in ‘Inclusive Organizations’,” British Journal of Management 25, no. 3 (2012): 488–502.

  61. 61. “Sex-Based Discrimination,” U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (2013), www.eeoc.gov/laws/types/sex.cfm.

  62. 62. M. Keisling, “No Longer at Zero: An Update on ENDA,” The Huffington Post, March 13, 2013, www.huffingtonpost.com/mara-keisling/no-longer-at-zero-an-upda_b_2861885.html; and J. Pike, “One-Year Anniversary of Senate ENDA Passage,” Human Rights Campaign (blog), November 7, 2014, http://www.hrc.org/blog/entry/one-year-anniversary-of-senate-enda-passage), accessed March 26, 2015.

  63. 63. C. Burns, The Costly Business of Discrimination (Washington, D.C.: Center for American Progress, 2012), www.scribd.com/doc/81214767/The-Costly-Business-of-Discrimination.

  64. 64. D. Fidas and L. Cooper, HRC Corporate Equality Index (Washington, D.C.: Human Rights Campaign Foundation, 2015), http://hrc-assets.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com//files/documents/CEI-2015-rev.pdf

  65. 65. V. Priola, D. Lasio, S. De Simone, and F. Serri, “The Sound of Silence: Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Discrimination in ‘Inclusive Organizations’ ”, British Journal of Management 25, no. 3 (2014): 488–502.

  66. 66. P. A. Freund and N. Kasten, “How Smart Do You Think You Are? A Meta-Analysis of the Validity of Self-Estimates of Cognitive Ability,” Psychological Bulletin 138, no. 2 (2012): 296–321.

  67. 67. R. E. Nisbett et al., “Intelligence: New Findings and Theoretical Developments,” American Psychologist 67, no. 2 (2012): 130–59.

  68. 68. L. S. Gottfredson, “The Challenge and Promise of Cognitive Career Assessment,” Journal of Career Assessment 11, no. 2 (2003): 32–34.

  69. 69. M. D. Dunnette and E. A. Fleishman, eds., Human Performance and Productivity: Human Capability Assessment (New York and London: Psychology Press/Taylor & Francis Group, 2014).

  70. 70. J. W. B. Lang, M. Kersting, U. R. Hülscheger, and J. Lang, “General Mental Ability, Narrower Cognitive Abilities, and Job Performance: The Perspective of the Nested-Factors Model of Cognitive Abilities” Personnel Psychology 63, no. 3 (2010): 595–640.

  71. 71. N. Barber, “Educational and Ecological Correlates of IQ: A Cross-National Investigation,” Intelligence 33, no. 3 (2005): 273–84.

  72. 72. “What Companies Will Make You Take a Wonderlic Test?” Beat the Wonderlic (blog) December 31, 2014, http://www.beatthewonderlic.com/blog/2014/12/31/what-companies-will-make-you-take-a-wonderlic-test.

  73. 73. Y. Ganzach, “Intelligence, Education, and Facets of Job Satisfaction,” Work and Occupations 30, no. 1 (2003): 97–122.

  74. 74. J. J. Caughron, M. D. Mumford, and E. A. Fleishman, “The Fleishman Job Analysis Survey: Development, Validation, and Applications,” in M. A. Wilson, W. Bennett Jr., S. G. Gibson, and G. M. Alliger, eds., The Handbook of Work Analysis: Methods, Systems, Applications and Science of Work Measurement in Organizations (New York: Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group, 2012); and P. D. Converse, F. L. Oswald, M. A. Gillespie, K. A. Field, and E. B. Bizot, “Matching Individuals to Occupations Using Abilities and the O*Net: Issues and an Application in Career Guidance,” Personnel Psychology 57, no. 2 (2004): 451–87.

  75. 75. S. S. Wang, “Companies Find Autism Can Be a Job Skill,” The Wall Street Journal, March 28, 2014, B1–B2.

  76. 76. B. R. Ragins, J. A. Gonzalez, K. Ehrhardt, and R. Singh, “Crossing the Threshold: The Spillover of Community Racial Diversity and Diversity Climate to the Workplace,” Personnel Psychology 65, no. 4 (2012): 755–87.

  77. 77. P. F. McKay, D. R. Avery, and M. A. Morris, “Mean Racial-Ethnic Differences in Employee Sales Performance: The Moderating Role of Diversity Climate,” Personnel Psychology 61, no. 2 (2008): 349–74.

  78. 78. D. R. Avery, J. A. Richeson, M. R. Hebl, and N. Ambady, “It Does Not Have to Be Uncomfortable: The Role of Behavioral Scripts in Black-White Interracial Interactions,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 6 (2009): 1382–93.

  79. 79. N. Wingfield, “Microsoft Chief Backpedals on Women’s Pay,” The Wall Street Journal, October 10, 2014, B1, B7.

  80. 80. D. R. Avery, “Reactions to Diversity in Recruitment Advertising: Are the Differences Black and White?” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 4 (2003): 672–79; P. F. McKay and D. R. Avery, “What Has Race Got to Do with It? Unraveling the Role of Racioethnicity in Job Seekers’ Reactions to Site Visits,” Personnel Psychology 59, no. 2 (2006): 395–429; and D. R. Avery and P. F. McKay, “Target Practice: An Organizational Impression Management Approach to Attracting Minority and Female Job Applicants,” Personnel Psychology 59, no. 1 (2006): 157–87.

  81. 81. A. Overholt, “More Women Coders,” Fortune, February 25, 2013, 14.

  82. 82. L. Kwoh, “McKinsey Tries to Recruit Mothers Who Left the Fold,” The Wall Street Journal, February 20, 2013, B1, B7.

  83. 83. M. R. Buckley, K. A. Jackson, M. C. Bolino, J. G. Veres, and H. S. Field, “The Influence of Relational Demography on Panel Interview Ratings: A Field Experiment,” Personnel Psychology 60, no. 3 (2007): 627–46; J. M. Sacco, C. R. Scheu, A. M. Ryan, and N. Schmitt, “An Investigation of Race and Sex Similarity Effects in Interviews: A Multilevel Approach to Relational Demography,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 5 (2003): 852–65; and J. C. Ziegert and P. J. Hanges, “Employment Discrimination: The Role of Implicit Attitudes, Motivation, and a Climate for Racial Bias,” Journal of Applied Psychology 90, no. 3 (2005): 553–62.

  84. 84. K. Bezrukova, K. A. Jehn, and C. S. Spell, “Reviewing Diversity Training: Where We Have Been and Where We Should Go,” Academy of Management Learning & Education 11, no. 2 (2012): 207–27.

  85. 85. S. T. Bell, “Deep-Level Composition Variables as Predictors of Team Performance: A Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 3 (2007): 595–615; S. K. Horwitz and I. B. Horwitz, “The Effects of Team Diversity on Team Outcomes: A Meta-Analytic Review of Team Demography,” Journal of Management 33, no. 6 (2007): 987–1015; G. L. Stewart, “A Meta-Analytic Review of Relationships between Team Design Features and Team Performance,” Journal of Management 32, no. 1 (2006): 29–54; and A. Joshi and H. Roh, “The Role of Context in Work Team Diversity Research: A Meta-Analytic Review,” Academy of Management Journal 52, no. 3 (2009): 599–627.

  86. 86. G. Andrevski, O. C. Richard, J. D. Shaw, and W. J. Ferrier, “Racial Diversity and Firm Performance: The Mediating Role of Competitive Intensity,” Journal of Management 40, no. 3 (2014): 820–44.

  87. 87. A. C. Homan, J. R. Hollenbeck, S. E. Humphrey, D. van Knippenberg, D. R. Ilgen, and G. A. Van Kleef, “Facing Differences with an Open Mind: Openness to Experience, Salience of Intragroup Differences, and Performance of Diverse Work Groups,” Academy of Management Journal 51, no. 6 (2008): 1204–22.

  88. 88. E. Kearney and D. Gebert, “Managing Diversity and Enhancing Team Outcomes: The Promise of Transformational Leadership,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 1 (2009): 77–89.

  89. 89. C. L. Holladay and M. A. Quiñones, “The Influence of Training Focus and Trainer Characteristics on Diversity Training Effectiveness,” Academy of Management Learning and Education 7, no. 3 (2008): 343–54; and R. Anand and M. Winters, “A Retrospective View of Corporate Diversity Training from 1964 to the Present,” Academy of Management Learning and Education 7, no. 3 (2008): 356–72.

  90. 90. A. Sippola and A. Smale, “The Global Integration of Diversity Management: A Longitudinal Case Study,” International Journal of Human Resource Management 18, no. 11 (2007): 1895–1916.

Chapter 3

  1. 1. A. Barsky, S. A. Kaplan, and D. J. Beal, “Just Feelings? The Role of Affect in the Formation of Organizational Fairness Judgments,” Journal of Management 37, no. 1 (2011): 248–79; J. A. Mikels, S. J. Maglio, A. E. Reed, and L. J. Kaplowitz, “Should I Go with My Gut? Investigating the Benefits of Emotion-Focused Decision Making,” Emotion 11, no. 4 (2011): 743–53; and A. J. Rojas Tejada, O. M. Lozano Rojas, M. Navas Luque, and P. J. Pérez Moreno, “Prejudiced Attitude Measurement Using the Rasch Scale Model,” Psychological Reports 109, no. 2 (2011): 553–72.

  2. 2. See L. S. Glasman and D. Albarracín, “Forming Attitudes That Predict Future Behavior: A Meta-Analysis of the Attitude-Behavior Relation,” Psychological Bulletin 132, no. 5 (2006): 778–822.

  3. 3. Y. L. Liu and C.-J. Keng, “Cognitive Dissonance, Social Comparison, and Disseminating Untruthful or Negative Truthful EWOM Messages,” Social Behavior and Personality 24, no. 6 (2014): 979–94.

  4. 4. See, for instance, L. R. Fabrigar, R. E. Petty, S. M. Smith, and S. L. Crites, “Understanding Knowledge Effects on Attitude-Behavior Consistency: The Role of Relevance, Complexity, and Amount of Knowledge,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 90, no. 4 (2006): 556–77; and D. J. Schleicher, J. D. Watt, and G. J. Greguras, “Reexamining the Job Satisfaction-Performance Relationship: The Complexity of Attitudes,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 1 (2004): 165–77.

  5. 5. A. S. McCance, C. D. Nye, L. Wang, K. S. Jones, and C. Chiu, “Alleviating the Burden of Emotional Labor: The Role of Social Sharing,” Journal of Management 39, no. 2 (2013): 392–415.

  6. 6. L. S. Glasman and D. Albarracin, “Forming Attitudes That Predict Future Behavior: A Meta-Analysis of the Attitude-Behavior Relation.”

  7. 7. D. P. Moynihan and S. K. Pandey, “Finding Workable Levers over Work Motivation: Comparing Job Satisfaction, Job Involvement, and Organizational Commitment,” Administration & Society 39, no. 7 (2007): 803–32.

  8. 8. S. Zhang, “Impact of Job Involvement on Organizational Citizenship Behaviors in China,” Journal of Business Ethics 120, no. 2 (2014): 165–74.

  9. 9. G. Chen and R. J. Klimoski, “The Impact of Expectations on Newcomer Performance in Teams as Mediated by Work Characteristics, Social Exchanges, and Empowerment,” Academy of Management Journal 46, no. 5 (2003): 591–607; A. Ergeneli, G. Saglam, and S. Metin, “Psychological Empowerment and Its Relationship to Trust in Immediate Managers,” Journal of Business Research 60, no. 1 (2007): 41–49; and S. E. Seibert, S. R. Silver, and W. A. Randolph, “Taking Empowerment to the Next Level: A Multiple-Level Model of Empowerment, Performance, and Satisfaction,” Academy of Management Journal 47, no. 3 (2004): 332–49.

  10. 10. B. J. Avolio, W. Zhu, W. Koh, and P. Bhatia, “Transformational Leadership and Organizational Commitment: Mediating Role of Psychological Empowerment and Moderating Role of Structural Distance,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 25, no. 8 (2004): 951–68.

  11. 11. O. N. Solinger, W. van Olffen, and R. A. Roe, “Beyond the Three-Component Model of Organizational Commitment,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 1 (2008): 70–83.

  12. 12. J. P. Hausknecht, N. J. Hiller, and R. J. Vance, “Work-Unit Absenteeism: Effects of Satisfaction, Commitment, Labor Market Conditions, and Time,” Academy of Management Journal 51, no. 6 (2008): 1223–45.

  13. 13. “100 Best Companies to Work For,” Fortune, February 2015, www.fortune.com/best-companies/2015/.

  14. 14. L. Rhoades, R. Eisenberger, and S. Armeli, “Affective Commitment to the Organization: The Contribution of Perceived Organizational Support,” Journal of Applied Psychology 86, no. 5 (2001): 825–36.

  15. 15. B. L. Rich, J. A. Lepine, and E. R. Crawford, “Job Engagement: Antecedents and Effects on Job Performance,” Academy of Management Journal 53, no. 3 (2010): 617–35.

  16. 16. “Employee Engagement,” Workforce Management (February 2013): 19; and “The Cornerstone OnDemand 2013 U.S. Employee Report,” Cornerstone (2013), www.cornerstoneondemand.com/resources/research/survey-2013.

  17. 17. Y. Brunetto, S. T. T. Teo, K. Shacklock, and R. Farr-Wharton, “Emotional Intelligence, Job Satisfaction, Well-being and Engagement: Explaining Organisational Commitment and Turnover Intentions in Policing,” Human Resource Management Journal 22, no. 4 (2012): 428–41.

  18. 18. P. Petrou, E. Demerouti, M. C. W. Peeters, W. B. Schaufeli, and Jørn Hetland, “Crafting a Job on a Daily Basis: Contextual Correlates and the Link to Work Engagement,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 33, no. 8 (2012): 1120–41.

  19. 19. C. L. Dolbier, J. A. Webster, K. T. McCalister, M. W. Mallon, and M. A. Steinhardt, “Reliability and Validity of a Single-Item Measure of Job Satisfaction,” American Journal of Health Promotion 19, no. 3 (2005): 194–98.

  20. 20. Employee’s Job Satisfaction Worldwide 2012, Distributed by New York, NY: Statista, 2012. http://www.statista.com/statistics/224508/employee-job-satisfaction-worldwide/; Kelly Services, Kelly Global Workforce Index,  2012, Acquisition and Retention in the war for  Talent.  http://www.kellyservices.no/NO/Om-oss/KGWI-APRIL-2012—Talent-Acquisiton-and-Retention/

  21. 21. N. A. Bowling, M. R. Hoepf, D. M. LaHuis, and L. R. Lepisto, “Mean Job Satisfaction Levels over Time: Are Things Bad and Getting Worse?” The Industrial-Organizational Psychologist 50, no. 4 (2013): 57–64.

  22. 22. L. Weber, “U.S. Workers Can’t Get No (Job) Satisfaction,” The Wall Street Journal: At Work (blog), June 18, 2014, 12:01 AM,   http://blogs.wsj.com/atwork/2014/06/18/u-s-workers-cant-get-no-job-satisfaction/.

  23. 23. B. Cheng, M. Kan, G. Levanon, and R. L. Ray. “Job Satisfaction: 2014 Edition,” The Conference Board, https://www.conference-board.org/topics/publicationdetail.cfm?publicationid=2785.

  24. 24. L. Weber, “U.S. Workers Can’t Get No (Job) Satisfaction.”

  25. 25. “Doing Business in South Korea,” World Business Culture, accessed January 14, 2016, www.worldbusinessculture.com/Business-in-South-Korea.html.

  26. 26. S. E. Humphrey, J. D. Nahrgang, and F. P. Morgeson, “Integrating Motivational, Social, and Contextual Work Design Features: A Meta-Analytic Summary and Theoretical Extension of the Work Design Literature,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 5 (2007): 1332–56; and D. S. Chiaburu and D. A. Harrison, “Do Peers Make the Place? Conceptual Synthesis and Meta-Analysis of Coworker Effect on Perceptions, Attitudes, OCBs, and Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 5 (2008): 1082–103.

  27. 27. K. H. Fong and E. Snape, “Empowering Leadership, Psychological Empowerment and Employee Outcomes: Testing a Multi-Level Mediating Model,” British Journal of Management 26, no. 1 (2015): 126–38.

  28. 28. S. Ronen and M. Mikulincer, “Predicting Employees’ Satisfaction and Burnout from Managers’ Attachment and Caregiving Orientations,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 21, no. 6 (2012): 828–49.

  29. 29. A. Calvo-Salguero, J.-M. Salinas Martinez-de-Lecea, and A.-M. Carrasco-Gonzalez, “Work-Family and Family-Work Conflict: Does Intrinsic-Extrinsic Satisfaction Mediate the Prediction of General Job Satisfaction?” Journal of Psychology 145, no. 5 (2011): 435–61.

  30. 30. J. Zhang, Q. Wu, D. Miao, X. Yan, and J. Peng, “The Impact of Core Self-Evaluations on Job Satisfaction: The Mediator Role of Career Commitment,” Social Indicators Research 116, no. 3 (2014): 809–22.

  31. 31. D. Thorpe, “Why CSR? The Benefits of Corporate Social Responsibility Will Move You to Act,” Forbes, May 18, 2013, http://www.forbes.com/sites/devinthorpe/2013/05/18/why-csr-the-benefits-of-corporate-social-responsibility-will-move-you-to-act/.

  32. 32. N. Fallon, “What Is Corporate Responsibility?” Business News Daily, December 22, 2014, http://www.businessnewsdaily.com/4679-corporate-social-responsibility.html.

  33. 33. R. Feintzeig, “I Don’t Have a Job. I Have a Higher Calling,” The Wall Street Journal, February 25, 2015, B1, B4.

  34. 34. See I. Filatotchev and C. Nakajima, “Corporate Governance, Responsible Managerial Behavior, and Corporate Social Responsibility: Organizational Efficiency versus Organizational Legitimacy?” Academy of Management Perspectives 28, no. 3 (2014): 289–306.

  35. 35. A. Hurst, “Being ‘Good’ Isn’t the Only Way to Go,” The New York Times, April 20, 2014, 4.

  36. 36. M. C. Bolino, H.-H. Hsiung, J. Harvey, and J. A. LePine, “Well, I’m Tired of Tryin’! Organizational Citizenship Behavior and Citizenship Fatigue,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 1 (2015): 56–74.

  37. 37. Ge. E. Newman and D. M. Cain, “Tainted Altruism: When Doing Some Good Is Evaluated as Doing Worse Than Doing No Good at All,” Psychological Science 25, no. 3 (2014): 648–55.

  38. 38. Ibid.

  39. 39. D. J. Schleicher, T. A. Smith, W. J. Casper, J. D. Watt, and G. J. Greguras, “It’s All in the Attitude: The Role of Job Attitude Strength in Job Attitude-Outcome Relationships,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 4 (2015): 1259–74.

  40. 40. N. P. Podsakoff, P. M. Podsakoff, and S. B. MacKenzie, “Consequences of Unit-Level Organizational Citizenship Behaviors: A Review and Recommendations for Future Research,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 35, no. S1 (2014): S87–119.

  41. 41. B. J. Hoffman, C. A. Blair, J. P. Meriac, and D. J. Woehr, “Expanding the Criterion Domain? A Quantitative Review of the OCB Literature,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 2 (2007): 555–66.

  42. 42. B. B. Reiche et al., “Why Do Managers Engage in Trustworthy Behavior? A Multilevel Cross-Cultural Study in 18 Countries,” Personnel Psychology 67, no. 1 (2014): 61–98.

  43. 43. D. S. Chiaburu and D. A. Harrison, “Do Peers Make the Place? Conceptual Synthesis and Meta-Analysis of Coworker Effect on Perceptions, Attitudes, OCBs, and Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 5 (2008): 1082–103.

  44. 44. R. Ilies, I. S. Fulmer, M. Spitzmuller, and M. D. Johnson, “Personality and Citizenship Behavior: The Mediating Role of Job Satisfaction,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 4 (2009): 945–59.

  45. 45. G. L. Lemoine, C. K. Parsons, and S. Kansara, “Above and Beyond, Again and Again: Self-Regulation in the Aftermath of Organizational Citizenship Behaviors,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 1 (2015): 40–55.

  46. 46. C. Vandenberghe, K. Bentein, R. Michon, J. Chebat, M. Tremblay, and J. Fils, “An Examination of the Role of Perceived Support and Employee Commitment in Employee-Customer Encounters,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 4 (2007): 1177–87; and M. Schulte, C. Ostroff, S. Shmulyian, and A. Kinicki, “Organizational Climate Configurations: Relationships to Collective Attitudes, Customer Satisfaction, and Financial Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 3 (2009): 618–34.

  47. 47. B. Taylor, “Why Amazon Is Copying Zappos and Paying Employees to Quit,” Harvard Business Review, April 14, 2014, https://hbr.org/2014/04/why-amazon-is-copying-zappos-and-paying-employees-to-quit/.

  48. 48. J. Barling, E. K. Kelloway, and R. D. Iverson, “High-Quality Work, Job Satisfaction, and Occupational Injuries,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 2 (2003): 276–83; and F. W. Bond and D. Bunce, “The Role of Acceptance and Job Control in Mental Health, Job Satisfaction, and Work Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 6 (2003): 1057–67.

  49. 49. Y. Georgellis and T. Lange, “Traditional versus Secular Values and the Job-Life Satisfaction Relationship across Europe,” British Journal of Management 23, no. 4 (2012): 437–54.

  50. 50. O. Stavrova, T. Schlosser, and A. Baumert, “Life Satisfaction and Job-Seeking Behavior of the Unemployed: The Effect of Individual Differences in Justice Sensitivity,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 64, no. 4 (2014): 643–70.

  51. 51. R. Gibney, T. J. Zagenczyk, and M. F. Masters, “The Negative Aspects of Social Exchange: An Introduction to Perceived Organizational Obstruction,” Group & Organization Management 34, no. 6 (2009): 665–97.

  52. 52. C. Caldwell and M. Canuto-Carranco, “‘Organizational Terrorism’ and Moral Choices—Exercising Voice When the Leader Is the Problem,” Journal of Business Ethics 97, no. 1 (2010): 159–71; and A. J. Nyberg and R. E. Ployhart, “Context-Emergent Turnover (CET) Theory: A Theory of Collective Turnover,” Academy of Management Review 38, no. 1 (2013): 109–31.

  53. 53. P. E. Spector, S. Fox, L. M. Penney, K. Bruursema, A. Goh, and S. Kessler, “The Dimensionality of Counterproductivity: Are All Counterproductive Behaviors Created Equal?” Journal of Vocational Behavior 68, no. 3 (2006): 446–60; and D. S. Chiaburu and D. A. Harrison, “Do Peers Make the Place? Conceptual Synthesis and Meta-Analysis of Coworker Effects on Perceptions, Attitudes, OCBs, and Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 5 (2008): 1082–103.

  54. 54. P. A. O’Keefe, “Liking Work Really Does Matter,” The New York Times, September 7, 2014, 12.

  55. 55. D. Iliescu, D. Ispas, C. Sulea, and A. Ilie, “Vocational Fit and Counterproductive Work Behaviors: A Self-Regulation Perspective,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 1 (2015): 21–39.

  56. 56. A. S. Gabriel, J. M. Diefendorff, M. M. Chandler, C. M. M. Pradco, and G. J. Greguras, “The Dynamic Relationships of Work Affect and Job Satisfaction with Perceptions of Fit,” Personnel Psychology 67, no. 2 (2014): 389–420.

  57. 57. S. Diestel, J. Wegge, and K.-H. Schmidt, “The Impact of Social Context on the Relationship between Individual Job Satisfaction and Absenteeism: The Roles of Different Foci of Job Satisfaction and Work-Unit Absenteeism,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 2 (2014): 353–82.

  58. 58. H. Lian, D. L. Ferris, R. Morrison, and D. J. Brown, “Blame It on the Supervisor or the Subordinate? Reciprocal Relations between Abusive Supervision and Organizational Deviance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 4 (2014): 651–64.

  59. 59. T. A. Beauregard, “Fairness Perceptions of Work-Life Balance Initiatives; Effects on Counterproductive Work Behavior,” British Journal of Management 25, no. 4 (2014): 772–89.

  60. 60. D. Iliescu, D. Ispas, C. Sulea, and A. Ilie, “Vocational Fit and Counterproductive Work Behaviors: A Self-Regulation Perspective.”

  61. 61. A. S. Gabriel, J. M. Diefendorff, M. M. Chandler, C. M. M. Pradco, and G. J. Greguras, “The Dynamic Relationships of Work Affect and Job Satisfaction with Perceptions of Fit.”

  62. 62. S. Diestel, J. Wegge, and K.-H. Schmidt, “The Impact of Social Context on the Relationship between Individual Job Satisfaction and Absenteeism: The Roles of Different Foci of Job Satisfaction and Work-Unit Absenteeism.”

  63. 63. J. F. Ybema, P. G. W. Smulders, and P. M. Bongers, “Antecedents and Consequences of Employee Absenteeism: A Longitudinal Perspective on the Role of Job Satisfaction and Burnout,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 19, no. 1 (2010): 102–24.

  64. 64. J. P. Hausknecht, N. J. Hiller, and R. J. Vance, “Work-Unit Absenteeism: Effects of Satisfaction, Commitment, Labor Market Conditions, and Time,” Academy of Management Journal 51, no. 6 (2008): 1123–245.

  65. 65. G. Chen, R. E. Ployhart, H. C. Thomas, N. Anderson, and P. D. Bliese, “The Power of Momentum: A New Model of Dynamic Relationships between Job Satisfaction Change and Turnover Intentions,” Academy of Management Journal 54, no. 1 (2011): 159–81.

  66. 66. D. Liu, T. R. Mitchell, T. W. Lee, B. C. Holtom, and T. R. Hinkin, “When Employees Are Out of Step with Coworkers: How Job Satisfaction Trajectory and Dispersion Influence Individual- and Unit-Level Voluntary Turnover,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 6 (2012): 1360–80.

  67. 67. K. Kiazad, B. C. Holtom, P. W. Hom, and A. Newman, “Job Embeddedness: A Multifoci Theoretical Extension,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 3 (2015): 641–59.

  68. 68. T. H. Lee, B. Gerhart, I. Weller, and C. O. Trevor, “Understanding Voluntary Turnover: Path-Specific Job Satisfaction Effects and the Importance of Unsolicited Job Offers,” Academy of Management Journal 51, no. 4 (2008): 651–71.

  69. 69. K. Holland, “Inside the Minds of Your Employees,” The New York Times, January 28, 2007, B1; M. Schoeff Jr. “Study Sees Link between Morale and Stock Price,” Workforce Management 85, no. 4 February 27, 2006: 15; and P. B. Brown “The Workplace as Solar System,” The New York Times, October 28, 2006, B5.

  70. 70. E. White, “How Surveying Workers Can Pay Off,” The Wall Street Journal, June 18, 2007, B3.

Chapter 4

  1. 1. S. G. Barsade and D. E. Gibson, “Why Does Affect Matter in Organizations?” Academy of Management Perspectives, 21, no. 1 (2007): 36–59.

  2. 2. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary, s. v. emotion, accessed July 31, 2015, http://www.oxforddictionaries.com/us/definition/american_english/emotion.

  3. 3. The American Heritage Medical Dictionary, revised edition, s. v. mood, accessed April 27, 2015, http://medical-dictionary.thefreedictionary.com/mood.

  4. 4. Farlex Partner Medical Dictionary, s. v. mood, accessed April 27, 2015, http://medical-dictionary.thefreedictionary.com/mood.

  5. 5. See, for example, J. L. Tracy and R. W. Robins, “Emerging Insights into the Nature and Function of Pride,” Current Directions in Psychological Science 16, no. 3 (2007): 147–50.

  6. 6. G. Nikolaidis, “Indeterminancy of Definitions and Criteria in Mental Health: Case Study of Emotional Disorders,” Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice 19, no. 3 (2013): 531–36; and W. G. Parrott, “Ur-Emotions and Your Emotions: Reconceptualizing Basic Emotion,” Emotion Review 2, no. 1 (2010): 14–21.

  7. 7. P. Ekman, Emotions Revealed: Recognizing Faces and Feelings to Improve Communication and Emotional Life (New York: Times Books/Henry Holt and Co., 2003).

  8. 8. M. Gendron, D. Roberson, J. M. van der Vyver, and L. F. Barrett, “Cultural Relativity of Perceiving Emotion from Vocalizations,” Psychological Science 25, no. 4 (2014): 911–20.

  9. 9. R. M. Msetfi, D. E. Kornbrot, H. Matute, and R. A. Murphy, “The Relationship between Mood State and Perceived Control in Contingency Learning: Effects of Individualist and Collectivist Values,” Frontiers in Psychology 6, no. 1430 (2015): 1–18; and M. Pfundmair, V. Graupmann, D. Frey, and N. Aydin, “The Different Behavioral Intentions of Collectivists and Individualists in Response to Social Exclusion,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin 41, no. 3 (2015): 363–78.

  10. 10. P. S. Russell and R. Giner-Sorolla, “Bodily Moral Disgust: What It Is, How It Is Different from Anger, and Why It Is an Unreasoned Emotion,” Psychological Bulletin 139, no. 2 (2013): 328–51.

  11. 11. J. Dvash, G. Gilam, A. Ben-Ze’ev, T. Hendler, and S. G. Shamay-Tsoory, “The Envious Brain: The Neural Basis of Social Comparison,” Human Brain Mapping 31, no. 11 (2010): 1741–50.

  12. 12. T. A. Ito and J. T. Cacioppo, “Variations on a Human Universal: Individual Differences in Positivity Offset and Negativity Bias,” Cognition and Emotion 19, no. 1 (2005): 1–26.

  13. 13. D. Holman, “Call Centres,” in The Essentials of the New Work Place: A Guide to the Human Impact of Modern Working Practices, eds. D. Holman, T. D. Wall, C. Clegg, P. Sparrow, and A. Howard (Chichester, UK: Wiley, 2005), 111–32.

  14. 14. S. D. Pressman, M. W. Gallagher, S. J. Lopez, and B. Campos, “Incorporating Culture into the Study of Affect and Health,” Psychological Science 25, no. 12 (2014): 2281–83.

  15. 15. K. B. Curhan, T. Simms, H. R. Markus, … C. D. Ryff, “Just How Bad Negative Affect Is for Your Health Depends on Culture,” Psychological Science 25, no. 12 (2014): 2277–80.

  16. 16. D. Xanthopoulou, A. B. Bakker, E. Demerouti, and W. B. Schaufeli, “A Diary Study on the Happy Worker: How Job Resources Relate to Positive Emotions and Personal Resources,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 21, no. 4 (2012): 489–517.

  17. 17. J. R. Spence, D. J. Brown, L. M. Keeping, and H. Lian, “Helpful Today, But Not Tomorrow? Feeling Grateful as a Predictor of Daily Organizational Citizenship Behaviors,” Personnel Psychology 67, no. 3 (2014): 705–38.

  18. 18. E. Bernstein, “Feeling Awesome: Studies Find an Emotion Has Myriad Benefits,” The Wall Street Journal, February 24, 2015, D3.

  19. 19. L. M. Poverny and S. Picascia, “There Is No Crying in Business,” Womensmedia.com, October 20, 2009, www.womensmedia.com/new/Crying-at-Work.shtml.

  20. 20. M.-A. Reinhard and N. Schwartz, “The Influence of Affective States on the Process of Lie Detection,” Journal of Experimental Psychology 18, no. 4 (2012): 377–389.

  21. 21. J. Haidt, “The New Synthesis in Moral Psychology,” Science 316, no. 5827, May 18, 2007, 998, 1002; I. E. de Hooge, R. M. A. Nelissen, S. M. Breugelmans, and M. Zeelenberg, “What Is Moral about Guilt? Acting ‘Prosocially’ at the Disadvantage of Others,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 100, no. 3 (2011): 462–73; and C. A. Hutcherson and J. J. Gross, “The Moral Emotions: A Social-Functionalist Account of Anger, Disgust, and Contempt,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 100, no. 4 (2011): 719–37.

  22. 22. T. Jacobs, “My Morals Are Better Than Yours,” Miller-McCune, March/April 2012, 68–69.

  23. 23. A. Gopnik, “Even Children Get More Outraged at ‘Them’ and ‘Us’,” The Wall Street Journal, August 30–31, 2014, C2.

  24. 24. N. Angier, “Spite Is Good. Spite Works,” The Wall Street Journal, April 1, 2014, D1, D3.

  25. 25. D. C. Rubin, R. M. Hoyle, and M. R. Leary, “Differential Predictability of Four Dimensions of Affect Intensity,” Cognition and Emotion 26, no. 1 (2012): 25–41.

  26. 26. S. A. Golder and W. M. Macy, “Diurnal and Seasonal Mood Vary with Work, Sleep, and Daylength across Diverse Cultures,” Science 333, no. 6051, September 30, 2011, 1878–81.

  27. 27. Ibid.

  28. 28. J. J. A. Denissen, L. Butalid, L. Penke, and M. A. G. van Aken, “The Effects of Weather on Daily Mood: A Multilevel Approach,” Emotion 8, no. 5 (2008): 662–67; and M. C. Keller, B. L. Fredrickson, O. Ybarra, S. Côté, K. Johnson, J. Mikels, A. Conway, and T. Wagner, “A Warm Heart and a Clear Head: The Contingent Effects of Weather on Mood and Cognition,” Psychological Science 16, no. 9 (2005): 724–31.

  29. 29. J. J. Lee, F. Gino, and B. R. Staats, “Rainmakers: Why Bad Weather Means Good Productivity,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 3 (2014): 504–13.

  30. 30. J. A. Fuller, J. M. Stanton, G. G. Fisher, C. Spitzmüller, S. S. Russell, and P. C. Smith, “A Lengthy Look at the Daily Grind: Time Series Analysis of Events, Mood, Stress, and Satisfaction,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 6 (2003): 1019–33.

  31. 31. G. Schaffer, Association for Psychological Science, “What’s Good, When, and Why?”, The Observer 25, no. 9 (2012): 27–29.

  32. 32. Sleep in America Poll (Washington, DC: National Sleep Foundation, 2005), https://sleepfoundation.org/sites/default/files/2005_summary_of_findings.pdf.

  33. 33. D. Meinert, “Sleepless in Seattle … and Cincinnati and Syracuse,” HR Magazine, October 2012, 55–57.

  34. 34. E. Bernstein, “Changing the Clocks Wasn’t Good for Your Relationships,” The Wall Street Journal, March 10, 2015, D1, D2.

  35. 35. B. A. Scott and T. A. Judge, “Insomnia, Emotions, and Job Satisfaction: A Multilevel Study,” Journal of Management 32, no. 5 (2006): 622–45.

  36. 36. E. Bernstein, “Changing the Clocks Wasn’t Good for Your Relationships.”

  37. 37. P. R. Giacobbi, H. A. Hausenblas, and N. Frye, “A Naturalistic Assessment of the Relationship between Personality, Daily Life Events, Leisure-Time Exercise, and Mood,” Psychology of Sport and Exercise 6, no. 1 (2005): 67–81.

  38. 38. A. Tergesen, “Why Everything You Know about Aging is Probably Wrong,” The Wall Street Journal, December 1, 2014, B1–B2.

  39. 39. M. G. Gard and A. M. Kring, “Sex Differences in the Time Course of Emotion,” Emotion 7, no. 2 (2007): 429–37; and M. Jakupcak, K. Salters, K. L. Gratz, and L. Roemer, “Masculinity and Emotionality: An Investigation of Men’s Primary and Secondary Emotional Responding,” Sex Roles 49, no. 3 (2003): 111–20.

  40. 40. A. H. Fischer, P. M. Rodriguez Mosquera, A. E. M. van Vianen, and A. S. R. Manstead, “Gender and Culture Differences in Emotion,” Emotion 4, no. 1 (2004): 84–7.

  41. 41. A. Caza, G. Zhang, L. Wang, and Y. Bai, “How Do You Really Feel? Effect of Leaders’ Perceived Emotional Sincerity on Followers’ Trust,” The Leadership Quarterly 26, no. 4 (2015): 518–31; and A. S. Gabriel, M. A. Daniels, J. M. Diefendorff, and G. J. Greguras, “Emotional Labor Actors: A Latent Profile Analysis of Emotional Labor Strategies,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 3 (2015): 863–79.

  42. 42. J. M. Diefendorff and G. J. Greguras, “Contextualizing Emotional Display Rules: Examining the Roles of Targets and Discrete Emotions in Shaping Display Rule Perceptions,” Journal of Management 35, no. 4 (2009): 880–98.

  43. 43. D. T. Wagner, C. M. Barnes, and B. A. Scott, “Driving It Home: How Workplace Emotional Labor Harms Employee Home Life,” Personnel Psychology 67, no. 2 (2014): 487–516.

  44. 44. J. P. Trougakos, D. J. Beal, B. H. Cheng, I. Hideg, and D. Zweig, “Too Drained to Help: A Resource Depletion Perspective on Daily Interpersonal Citizenship Behaviors,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 1 (2015): 227–36.

  45. 45. J. D. Kammeyer-Mueller et al. “A Meta-Analytic Structural Model of Dispositional Affectivity and Emotional Labor,” Personnel Psychology 66, no. 1 (2013): 47–90.

  46. 46. B. A. Scott, C. M. Barnes, and D. T. Wagner, “Chameleonic or Consistent? A Multilevel Investigation of Emotional Labor Variability and Self-Monitoring,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 4 (2012): 905–26.

  47. 47. J. P. Trougakos, D. J. Beal, S. G. Green, and H. M. Weiss, “Making the Break Count: An Episodic Examination of Recovery Activities, Emotional Experiences, and Positive Affective Displays,” Academy of Management Journal 51, no. 1 (2008): 131–46.

  48. 48. U. R. Hülsheger, J. W. B. Lang, A. F. Schewe, and F. R. H. Zijlstra, “When Regulating Emotions at Work Pays Off: A Diary and an Intervention Study on Emotion Regulation and Customer Tips in Service Jobs,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 2 (2015): 263–77.

  49. 49. J. D. Kammeyer-Mueller et al. “A Meta-Analytic Structural Model of Dispositionally Affectivity and Emotional Labor.”

  50. 50. K. L. Wang and M. Groth, “Buffering the Negative Effects of Employee Surface Acting: The Moderating Role of Employee-Customer Relationship Strength and Personalized Services,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 2 (2014): 341–50.

  51. 51. A. A. Grandey, “When ‘The Show Must Go on’: Surface Acting and Deep Acting as Determinants of Emotional Exhaustion and Peer-Rated Service Delivery,” Academy of Management Journal 46, no. 1 (2003): 86–96.

  52. 52. U. R. HÜlsheger, H. J. E. Alberts, A. Feinholdt, and J. W. B. Lang, “Benefits of Mindfulness at Work: The Role of Mindfulness in Emotion Regulation, Emotional Exhaustion, and Job Satisfaction,” Journal of Applied Psychology 98, no. 2 (2013): 310–25.

  53. 53. R. Teper, Z. V. Segal, and M. Inzlicht, “Inside the Mindful Mind: How Mindfulness Enhances Emotion Regulation through Improvements in Executive Control,” Current Directions in Psychological Science 22, no. 6 (2013): 449–54.

  54. 54. H. Guenter, I. J. H. van Emmerik, and B. Schreurs, “The Negative Effects of Delays in Information Exchange: Looking at Workplace Relationships from an Affective Events Perspective,” Human Resource Management Review 24, no. 4 (2014): 283–98; and F. K. Matta, H. T. Erol-Korkmaz, R. E. Johnson, and P. Biçaksiz, “Significant Work Events and Counterproductive Work Behavior: The Role of Fairness, Emotions, and Emotion Regulation,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 35, no. 7 (2014): 920–44.

  55. 55. C. D. Fisher, A. Minbashian, N. Beckmann, and R. E. Wood, “Task Appraisals, Emotions, and Performance Goal Orientations,” Journal of Applied Psychology 98, no. 2 (2013): 364–73.

  56. 56. K. L. Wang and M. Groth, “Buffering the Negative Effects of Employee Surface Acting: The Moderating Role of Employee-Customer Relationship Strength and Personalized Services,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 2 (2014): 341–50.

  57. 57. T. Upshur-Lupberger, “Watch Your Mood: A Leadership Lesson,” The Huffington Post, April 22, 2015, http://www.huffingtonpost.com/terrie-upshurlupberger/watch-your-mood-a-leaders_b_7108648.html.

  58. 58. Ibid.

  59. 59. P. Salovey and D. Grewal, “The Science of Emotional Intelligence,” Current Directions in Psychological Science 14, no. 6 (2005): 281–85; and D. Geddes and R. R. Callister, “Crossing the Line(s): A Dual Threshold Model of Anger in Organizations,” Academy of Management Review 32, no. 3 (2007): 721–46.

  60. 60. R. Gilkey, R. Caceda, and C. Kilts, “When Emotional Reasoning Trumps IQ,” Harvard Business Review, September 2010, 27.

  61. 61. M. Seo and L. F. Barrett, “Being Emotional during Decision Making—Good or Bad? An Empirical Investigation,” Academy of Management Journal 50, no. 4 (2007): 923–40.

  62. 62. S. L. Koole, “The Psychology of Emotion Regulation: An Integrative Review,” Cognition and Emotion 23, no. 1 (2009): 4–41; and H. A. Wadlinger and D. M. Isaacowitz, “Fixing Our Focus: Training Attention to Regulate Emotion,” Personality and Social Psychology Review 15, no. 1 (2011): 75–102.

  63. 63. D. H. Kluemper, T. DeGroot, and S. Choi, “Emotion Management Ability: Predicting Task Performance, Citizenship, and Deviance,” Journal of Management 39, no. 4 (2013): 878–905.

  64. 64. J. V. Wood, S. A. Heimpel, L. A. Manwell, and E. J. Whittington, “This Mood Is Familiar and I Don’t Deserve to Feel Better Anyway: Mechanisms Underlying Self-Esteem Differences in Motivation to Repair Sad Moods,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 96, no. 2 (2009): 363–80.

  65. 65. E. Kim, D. P. Bhave, and T. M. Glomb, “Emotion Regulation in Workgroups: The Roles of Demographic Diversity and Relational Work Context,” Personnel Psychology 66, no. 3 (2013): 613–44.

  66. 66. Ibid.

  67. 67. S. L. Koole, “The Psychology of Emotion Regulation: An Integrative Review,” Cognition and Emotion 23, no. 1 (2009): 4–41.

  68. 68. L. K. Barber, P. G. Bagsby, and D. C. Munz, “Affect Regulation Strategies for Promoting (or Preventing) Flourishing Emotional Health,” Personality and Individual Differences 49, no. 6 (2010): 663–66.

  69. 69. J. J. Lee and F. Gino, “Poker-Faced Morality: Concealing Emotions Leads to Utilitarian Decision Making,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 126 (2015): 49–64.

  70. 70. Ibid.

  71. 71. R. H. Humphrey, “How Do Leaders Use Emotional Labor?” Journal of Organizational Behavior 33, no. 5 (2012): 740–44.

  72. 72. A. M. Grant, “Rocking the Boat But Keeping It Steady: The Role of Emotion Regulation in Employee Voice,” Academy of Management Journal 56, no. 6 (2013): 1703–23.

  73. 73. S. Reddy, “Walk This Way: Acting Happy Can Make It So,” The Wall Street Journal, November 18, 2014, D3.

  74. 74. S. M. Carpenter, S. Peters, D. Vastfjall, and A. M. Isen, “Positive Feelings Facilitate Working Memory and Complex Decision Making among Older Adults,” Cognition and Emotion 27, no. 1 (2013): 184–92; B. E. Hermalin and A. M. Isen, “A Model of Affect on Economic Decision Making,” QME-Quantitative Marketing and Economics 6, no. 1 (2008): 17–40; and B. Scheibehenne and B. von Helversen, “Selecting Decision Strategies: The Differential Role of Affect,” Cognition and Emotion 29, no. 1 (2015): 158–67.

  75. 75. N. Nunez, K. Schweitzer, C. A. Chai, and B. Myers, “Negative Emotions Felt during Trial: The Effect of Fear, Anger, and Sadness on Juror Decision Making,” Applied Cognitive Psychology 29, no. 2 (2015): 200–9.

  76. 76. S. N. Mohanty and D. Suar, “Decision Making under Uncertainty and Information Processing in Positive and Negative Mood States,” Psychological Reports 115, no. 1 (2014): 91–105.

  77. 77. S.-C. Chuang and H.-M. Lin, “The Effect of Induced Positive and Negative Emotion and Openness-to-Feeling in Student’s Consumer Decision Making,” Journal of Business and Psychology 22, no. 1 (2007): 65–78.

  78. 78. D. van Knippenberg, H. J. M. Kooij-De Bode, and W. P. van Ginkel, “The Interactive Effects of Mood and Trait Negative Affect in Group Decision Making,” Organization Science 21, no. 3 (2010): 731–44.

  79. 79. S. Lyubomirsky, L. King, and E. Diener, “The Benefits of Frequent Positive Affect: Does Happiness Lead to Success?” Psychological Bulletin 131, no. 6 (2005): 803–55; and M. Baas, C. K. W. De Dreu, and B. A. Nijstad, “A Meta-Analysis of 25 Years of Mood-Creativity Research: Hedonic Tone, Activation, or Regulatory Focus,” Psychological Bulletin 134, no. 6 (2008): 779–806.

  80. 80. M. J. Grawitch, D. C. Munz, and E. K. Elliott, “Promoting Creativity in Temporary Problem-Solving Groups: The Effects of Positive Mood and Autonomy in Problem Definition on Idea-Generating Performance,” Group Dynamics 7, no. 3 (2003): 200–13.

  81. 81. S. Lyubomirsky, L. King, and E. Diener, “The Benefits of Frequent Positive Affect: Does Happiness Lead to Success?”

  82. 82. C. K. W. De Dreu, M. Baas, and B. A. Nijstad, “Hedonic Tone and Activation Level in the Mood-Creativity Link: Toward a Dual Pathway to Creativity Model,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 94, no. 5 (2008): 739–56; and J. M. George and J. Zhou, “Dual Tuning in a Supportive Context: Joint Contributions of Positive Mood, Negative Mood, and Supervisory Behaviors to Employee Creativity,” Academy of Management Journal 50, no. 3 (2007): 605–22.

  83. 83. M. B. Wieth and R. T. Zacks, “Time of Day Effects on Problem Solving: When the Non-Optimal Is Optimal,” Thinking & Reasoning 17, no. 4 (2011): 387–401.

  84. 84. R. Ilies and T. A. Judge, “Goal Regulation across Time: The Effect of Feedback and Affect,” Journal of Applied Psychology 90, no. 3 (May 2005): 453–67.

  85. 85. W. Tsai, C.-C. Chen, and H. Liu, “Test of a Model Linking Employee Positive Moods and Task Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 6 (2007): 1570–83.

  86. 86. J. E. Bono, H. J. Foldes, G. Vinson, and J. P. Muros, “Workplace Emotions: The Role of Supervision and Leadership,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 5 (2007): 1357–67.

  87. 87. S. G. Liang and S.-C. S. Chi, “Transformational Leadership and Follower Task Performance: The Role of Susceptibility to Positive Emotions and Follower Positive Emotions,” Journal of Business and Psychology 28, no. 1 (2013): 17–29.

  88. 88. V. A. Visser, D. van Knippenberg, G. Van Kleef, and B. Wisse, “How Leader Displays of Happiness and Sadness Influence Follower Performance: Emotional Contagion and Creative versus Analytical Performance,” Leadership Quarterly 24, no. 1 (2013): 172–88.

  89. 89. P. S. Christoforou and B. E. Ashforth, “Revisiting the Debate on the Relationship Between Display Rules and Performance: Considering the Explicitness of Display Rules,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 1 (2015): 249–61; A. Grandey, D. Rupp, and W. N. Brice, “Emotional Labor Threatens Decent Work: A Proposal to Eradicate Emotional Display Rules,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 36, no. 6 (2015): 770–85; and W.-M. Hur, T.-W. Moon, and Y. S. Jung, “Customer Response to Employee Emotional Labor: The Structural Relationship Between Emotional Labor, Job Satisfaction, and Customer Satisfaction,” Journal of Services Marketing 29, no. 1 (2015): 71–80.

  90. 90. P. B. Barker and A. A. Grandey, “Service with a Smile and Encounter Satisfaction: Emotional Contagion and Appraisal Mechanisms,” Academy of Management Journal 49, no. 6 (2006): 1229–38; and E. Y. J. Tee, “The Emotional Link: Leadership and the Role of Implicit and Explicit Emotional Contagion Processes across Multiple Organizational Levels,” Leadership Quarterly 26, no. 4 (2015): 654–70.

  91. 91. D. E. Rupp and S. Spencer, “When Customers Lash Out: The Effects of Customer Interactional Injustice on Emotional Labor and the Mediating Role of Emotions,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 4 (2006): 971–78; and W. C. Tsai and Y. M. Huang, “Mechanisms Linking Employee Affective Delivery and Customer Behavioral Intentions, Journal of Applied Psychology 87, no. 5 (2002): 1001–8.

  92. 92. T. A. Judge and R. Ilies, “Affect and Job Satisfaction: A Study of Their Relationship at Work and at Home,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 4 (2004): 661–73.

  93. 93. Z. Song, M. Foo, and M. A. Uy, “Mood Spillover and Crossover among Dual-Earner Couples: A Cell Phone Event Sampling Study,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 2 (2008): 443–52.

  94. 94. T. J. Zagenczyk, S. L. D. Restubog, C. Kiewitz, K. Kiazad, and R. L. Tang, “Psychological Contracts as a Mediator between Machiavellianism and Employee Citizenship and Deviant Behaviors,” Journal of Management 40, no. 4 (2014): 1109–22.

  95. 95. T. A. Judge, B. A. Scott, and R. Ilies, “Hostility, Job Attitudes, and Workplace Deviance: Test of a Multilevel Mode,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 1 (2006): 126–38; and S. Kaplan, J. C. Bradley, J. N. Luchman, and D. Haynes, “On the Role of Positive and Negative Affectivity in Job Performance: A Meta-Analytic Investigation,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 1 (2009): 152–76.

  96. 96. S. C. Douglas, C. Kiewitz, M. Martinko, P. Harvey, Y. Kim, and J. U. Chun, “Cognitions, Emotions, and Evaluations: An Elaboration Likelihood Model for Workplace Aggression,” Academy of Management Review 33, no. 2 (2008): 425–51.

  97. 97. A. K Khan, S. Ouratulain, and J. R. Crawshaw, “The Mediating Role of Discrete Emotions in the Relationship between Injustice and Counterproductive Work Behaviors: A Study in Pakistan,” Journal of Business and Psychology 28, no. 1 (2013): 49–61.

  98. 98. S. Kaplan, J. C. Bradley, J. N. Luchman, and D. Haynes, “On the Role of Positive and Negative Affectivity in Job Performance: A Meta-Analytic Investigation;” and J. Maiti, “Design for Worksystem Safety Using Employees’ Perception about Safety,” Work—A Journal of Prevention Assessment & Rehabilitation 41 (2012): 3117–22.

  99. 99. J. E. Bono and R. Ilies, “Charisma, Positive Emotions and Mood Contagion,” Leadership Quarterly 17, no. 4 (2006): 317–34.

Chapter 5

  1. 1. D. Leising, J. Scharloth, O. Lohse, and D. Wood, “What Types of Terms Do People Use When Describing an Individual’s Personality?” Psychological Science 25, no. 9 (2014): 1787–94.

  2. 2. B. W. Roberts and D. Mroczek, “Personality Trait Change in Adulthood,” Current Directions in Psychological Science 17, no. 1 (2008): 31–5.

  3. 3. L. Weber, “To Get a Job, New Hires Are Put to the Test,” The Wall Street Journal, April 15, 2015, A1, A10.

  4. 4. L. Weber and E. Dwoskin, “As Personality Tests Multiply, Employers Are Split,” The Wall Street Journal, September 30, 2014, A1, A10.

  5. 5. D. Belkin, “Colleges Put the Emphasis on Personality,” The Wall Street Journal, January 9, 2015, A3.

  6. 6. K. I. van der Zee, J. N. Zaal, and J. Piekstra, “Validation of the Multicultural Personality Questionnaire in the Context of Personnel Selection,” European Journal of Personality 17, no. S1 (2003): S77–S100.

  7. 7. S. A. Birkeland, T. M. Manson, J. L. Kisamore, M. T. Brannick, and M. A. Smith, “A Meta-Analytic Investigation of Job Applicant Faking on Personality Measures,” International Journal of Selection and Assessment 14, no. 14 (2006): 317–35.

  8. 8. K. L. Cullen, W. A. Gentry, and F. J. Yammamarino, “Biased Self-Perception Tendencies: Self-Enhancement/Self-Diminishment and Leader Derailment in Individualistic and Collectivistic Cultures,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 64, no. 1 (2015): 161–207.

  9. 9. D. H. Kluemper, B. D. McLarty, and M. N. Bing, “Acquaintance Ratings of the Big Five Personality Traits: Incremental Validity beyond and Interactive Effects with Self-Reports in the Prediction of Workplace Deviance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 1 (2015): 237–48; I. Oh, G. Wang, and M. K. Mount, “Validity of Observer Ratings of the Five-Factor Model of Personality Traits: A Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Applied Psychology 96, no. 4 (2011): 762–73.

  10. 10. S. E. Hampson and L. R. Goldberg, “A First Large Cohort Study of Personality Trait Stability over the 40 Years between Elementary School and Midlife,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 91, no. 4 (2006): 763–79.

  11. 11. S. Srivastava, O. P. John, and S. D. Gosling, “Development of Personality in Early and Middle Adulthood: Set Like Plaster or Persistent Change?” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 84, no. 5 (2003): 1041–53; and B. W. Roberts, K. E. Walton, and W. Viechtbauer, “Patterns of Mean-Level Change in Personality Traits across the Life Course: A Meta-Analysis of Longitudinal Studies,” Psychological Bulletin 132, no. 1 (2006): 1–25.

  12. 12. R. B. Kennedy and D. A. Kennedy, “Using the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator in Career Counseling,” Journal of Employment Counseling 41, no. 1 (2004): 38–44.

  13. 13. See, for example, I. Oh, G. Wang, and M. K. Mount, “Validity of Observer Ratings of the Five-Factor Model of Personality Traits: A Meta-Analysis;” and M. R. Barrick and M. K. Mount, “Yes, Personality Matters: Moving on to More Important Matters,” Human Performance 18, no. 4 (2005): 359–72.

  14. 14. W. Fleeson and P. Gallagher, “The Implications of Big Five Standing for the Distribution of Trait Manifestation in Behavior: Fifteen Experience-Sampling Studies and a Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 97, no. 6 (2009): 1097–114.

  15. 15. T. A. Judge, L. S. Simon, C. Hurst, and K. Kelley, “What I Experienced Yesterday Is Who I Am Today: Relationship of Work Motivations and Behaviors to Within-Individual Variation in the Five-Factor Model of Personality,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 2 (2014): 199–221.

  16. 16. R. D. Zimmerman, W. R. Boswell, A. J. Shipp, B. B. Dunford, and J. W. Boudreau, “Explaining the Pathways between Approach-Avoidance Personality Traits and Employees’ Job Search Behavior,” Journal of Management 38, no. 5 (2012): 1450–75.

  17. 17. See, for instance, I. Oh and C. M. Berry, “The Five-Factor Model of Personality and Managerial Performance: Validity Gains through the Use of 360 Degree Performance Ratings,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 6 (2009): 1498–513; J. Hogan and B. Holland, “Using Theory to Evaluate Personality and Job-Performance Relations: A Socioanalytic Perspective,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 1 (2003): 100–12; and M. R. Barrick and M. K. Mount, “Select on Conscientiousness and Emotional Stability,” in Handbook of Principles of Organizational Behavior, ed. E. A. Locke (Malden, MA: Blackwell, 2004), 15–28.

  18. 18. P. R. Sackett and P. T. Walmsley, “Which Personality Attributes Are Most Important in the Workplace?” Perspectives on Psychological Science 9, no. 5 (2014): 538–51.

  19. 19. A. E. Poropat, “A Meta-Analysis of the Five-Factor Model of Personality and Academic Performance,” Psychological Bulletin 135, no. 2 (2009): 322–38.

  20. 20. A. K. Nandkeolyar, J. A. Shaffer, A. Li, S. Ekkirala, and J. Bagger, “Surviving an Abusive Supervisor: The Joint Roles of Conscientiousness and Coping Strategies,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 1 (2014): 138–50.

  21. 21. B. Wille, F. De Fruyt, and M. Feys, “Big Five Traits and Intrinsic Success in the New Career Era: A 15-Year Longitudinal Study on Employability and Work-Family Conflict,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 62, no. 1 (2013): 124–56.

  22. 22. M. K. Shoss, K. Callison, and L. A. Witt, “The Effects of Other-Oriented Perfectionism and Conscientiousness on Helping at Work,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 64, no. 1 (2015): 233–51.

  23. 23. C. Robert and Y. H. Cheung, “An Examination of the Relationship between Conscientiousness and Group Performance on a Creative Task,” Journal of Research in Personality 44, no. 2 (2010): 222–31; and M. Batey, T. Chamorro-Premuzic, and A. Furnham, “Individual Differences in Ideational Behavior. Can the Big Five and Psychometric Intelligence Predict Creativity Scores?” Creativity Research Journal 22, no. 1 (2010): 90–97.

  24. 24. J. L. Huang, A. M. Ryan, K. L. Zabel, and A. Palmer, “Personality and Adaptive Performance at Work: A Meta-Analytic Investigation,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 1 (2014): 162–79.

  25. 25. R. D. Zimmerman, W. R. Boswell, A. J. Shipp, B. B. Dunford, and J. W. Boudreau, “Explaining the Pathways between Approach-Avoidance Personality Traits and Employees’ Job Search Behavior,” Journal of Management 38, no. 5 (2012): 1450–75.

  26. 26. B. Wille, F. De Fruyt, and M. Feys, “Big Five Traits and Intrinsic Success in the New Career Era: A 15-Year Longitudinal Study on Employability and Work-Family Conflict.”

  27. 27. R. J. Foti and M. A. Hauenstein, “Pattern and Variable Approaches in Leadership Emergence and Effectiveness,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 2 (2007): 347–55.

  28. 28. B. Weiss and R. S. Feldman, “Looking Good and Lying to Do It: Deception as an Impression Management Strategy in Job Interviews,” Journal of Applied Social Psychology 36, no. 4 (2006): 1070–86.

  29. 29. A. Minbashian, J. Earl, and J. E. H. Bright, “Openness to Experience as a Predictor of Job Performance Trajectories,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 62, no. 1 (2013): 1–12.

  30. 30. B. Wille, F. De Fruyt, and M. Feys, “Big Five Traits and Intrinsic Success in the New Career Era: A 15-Year Longitudinal Study on Employability and Work-Family Conflict.”

  31. 31. R. Ilies, I. S. Fulmer, M. Spitzmuller, and M. D. Johnson, “Personality and Citizenship Behavior: The Mediating Role of Job Satisfaction,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 4 (2009): 945–59.

  32. 32. D. H. Kluemper, B. D. McLarty, and M. N. Bing, “Acquaintance Ratings of the Big Five Personality Traits: Incremental Validity beyond and Interactive Effects with Self-Reports in the Prediction of Workplace Deviance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 1 (2015): 237–48.

  33. 33. S. Clarke and I. Robertson, “An Examination of the Role of Personality in Accidents Using Meta-Analysis,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 57, no. 1 (2008): 94–108.

  34. 34. B. Wille, F. De Fruyt, and M. Feys, “Big Five Traits and Intrinsic Success in the New Career Era: A 15-Year Longitudinal Study on Employability and Work-Family Conflict.”

  35. 35. See, for instance, S. Yamagata, et al., “Is the Genetic Structure of Human Personality Universal? A Cross-Cultural Twin Study from North America, Europe, and Asia,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 90, no. 6 (2006): 987–98; and R. R. McCrae, et al., “Consensual Validation of Personality Traits across Cultures,” Journal of Research in Personality 38, no. 2 (2004): 179–201.

  36. 36. M. Gurven, C. von Ruden, M. Massenkoff, H. Kaplan, and M. L. Vie, “How Universal Is the Big Five? Testing the Five-Factor Model of Personality Variation among Forager-Farmers in the Bolivian Amazon,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 104, no. 2 (2013): 354–70.

  37. 37. J. F. Rauthmann, “The Dark Triad and Interpersonal Perception: Similarities and Differences in the Social Consequences of Narcissism, Machiavellianism, and Psychopathy,” Social Psychological and Personality Science 3, no. 4 (2012): 487–96.

  38. 38. P. D. Harms and S. M. Spain, “Beyond the Bright Side: Dark Personality at Work,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 64, no. 1 (2015): 15–24.

  39. 39. P. K. Jonason, S. Slomski, and J. Partyka, “The Dark Triad at Work: How Toxic Employees Get Their Way,” Personality and Individual Differences 52, no. 3 (2012): 449–53.

  40. 40. E. H. O’Boyle, D. R. Forsyth, G. C. Banks, and M. A. McDaniel, “A Meta-Analysis of the Dark Triad and Work Behavior: A Social Exchange Perspective,” Journal of Applied Psychology 97, no. 3 (2012): 557–79.

  41. 41. L. Zhang and M. A. Gowan, “Corporate Social Responsibility, Applicants’ Individual Traits, and Organizational Attraction: A Person–Organization Fit Perspective,” Journal of Business and Psychology 27, no. 3 (2012): 345–62.

  42. 42. D. N. Hartog and F. D. Belschak, “Work Engagement and Machiavellianism in the Ethical Leadership Process,” Journal of Business Ethics 107, no. 1 (2012): 35–47.

  43. 43. E. Grijalva and P. D. Harms, “Narcissism: An Integrative Synthesis and Dominance Complementarity Model,” Academy of Management Perspectives 28, no. 2 (2014): 108–27.

  44. 44. D. C. Maynard, E. M. Brondolo, C. E. Connelly, and C. E. Sauer, “I’m Too Good for This Job: Narcissism’s Role in the Experience of Overqualification,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 64, no. 1 (2015): 208–32.

  45. 45. E. Grijalva and P. D. Harms, “Narcissism: An Integrative Synthesis and Dominance Complementarity Model.”

  46. 46. B. J. Brummel and K. N. Parker, “Obligation and Entitlement in Society and the Workplace,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 64, no. 1 (2015): 127–60.

  47. 47. E. Grijalva and D. A. Newman, “Narcissism and Counterproductive Work Behavior (CWB): Meta-Analysis and Consideration of Collectivist Culture, Big Five Personality, and Narcissism’s Facet Structure,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 64, no. 1 (2015): 93–126.

  48. 48. D. C. Maynard, E. M. Brondolo, C. E. Connelly, and C. E. Sauer, “I’m Too Good for This Job: Narcissism’s Role in the Experience of Overqualification.”

  49. 49. E. Grijalva and P. D. Harms, “Narcissism: An Integrative Synthesis and Dominance Complementarity Model.”

  50. 50. J. J. Sosik, J. U. Chun, and W. Zhu, “Hang on to Your Ego: The Moderating Role of Leader Narcissism on Relationships between Leader Charisma and Follower Psychological Empowerment and Moral Identity,” Journal of Business Ethics 120, no. 1 (12, 2013); and B. M. Galvin, D. A. Waldman, and P. Balthazard, “Visionary Communication Qualities as Mediators of the Relationship between Narcissism and Attributions of Leader Charisma,” Personnel Psychology 63, no. 3 (2010): 509–37.

  51. 51. D. Meinert, “Narcissistic Bosses Aren’t All Bad, Study Finds,” HR Magazine, March 2014, 18.

  52. 52. K. A. Byrne and D. A. Worthy, “Do Narcissists Make Better Decisions? An Investigation of Narcissism and Dynamic Decision-Making Performance,” Personality and Individual Differences 55, no. 2 (2013): 112–17.

  53. 53. C. Andreassen, H. Ursin, H. Eriksen, and S. Pallesen, “The Relationship of Narcissism with Workaholism, Work Engagement, and Professional Position,” Social Behavior and Personality 40, no. 6 (2012): 881–90.

  54. 54. O’Boyle, Forsyth, Banks, and McDaniel, “A Meta-Analysis of the Dark Triad and Work Behavior: A Social Exchange Perspective,” 558.

  55. 55. B. Wille, F. De Fruyt, and B. De Clercq, “Expanding and Reconceptualizing Aberrant Personality at Work: Validity of Five-Factor Model Aberrant Personality Tendencies to Predict Career Outcomes,” Personnel Psychology 66, no. 1 (2013): 173–223.

  56. 56. P. K. Jonason, S. Slomski, and J. Partyka, “The Dark Triad at Work: How Toxic Employees Get Their Way,” Personality and Individual Differences; and H. M. Baughman, S. Dearing, E. Giammarco, and P. A. Vernon, “Relationships between Bullying Behaviours and the Dark Triad: A Study with Adults,” Personality and Individual Differences 52, no. 5 (2012): 571–75.

  57. 57. U. Orth and R. W. Robins, “Understanding the Link between Low Self-Esteem and Depression,” Current Directions in Psychological Science 22, no. 6 (2013): 455–60.

  58. 58. B. Wille, F. De Fruyt, and B. De Clercq, “Expanding and Reconceptualizing Aberrant Personality at Work: Validity of Five-Factor Model Aberrant Personality Tendencies to Predict Career Outcomes.”

  59. 59. T. A. Judge, A. Erez, J. E. Bono, and C. J. Thoreson, “The core self-evaluations scale: Development of a measure,” Personnel Psychology 56, no. 2 (2003): 303–31.

  60. 60. A. N. Salvaggio, B. Schneider, L. H. Nishi, D. M. Mayer, A. Ramesh, and J. S. Lyon, “Manager Personality, Manager Service Quality Orientation, and Service Climate: Test of a Model,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 6 (2007): 1741–50; B. A. Scott and T. A. Judge, “The Popularity Contest at Work: Who Wins, Why, and What Do They Receive?” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 1 (2009): 20–33; and T. A. Judge and C. Hurst, “How the Rich (and Happy) Get Richer (and Happier): Relationship of Core Self-Evaluations to Trajectories in Attaining Work Success,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 4 (2008): 849–63.

  61. 61. A. M. Grant and A. Wrzesniewksi, “I Won’t Let You Down . . . or Will I? Core Self-Evaluations, Other-Orientation, Anticipated Guilt and Gratitude, and Job Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 1 (2010): 108–21.

  62. 62. L. Parks-Leduc, M. W. Pattie, F. Pargas, and R. G. Eliason, “Self-Monitoring as an Aggregate Construct: Relationships with Personality and Values,” Personality and Individual Differences 58 (2014): 3–8.

  63. 63. F. J. Flynn and D. R. Ames, “What’s Good for the Goose May Not Be as Good for the Gander: The Benefits of Self-Monitoring for Men and Women in Task Groups and Dyadic Conflicts,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 2 (2006): 272–81.

  64. 64. P.-Y. Liao, “The Role of Self-Concept in the Mechanism Linking Proactive Personality to Employee Work Outcomes,” Applied Psychology—An International Review 64, no. 2 (2015): 421–43.

  65. 65. K. Tornau and M. Frese, “Construct Clean-up in Proactivity Research: A Meta-Analysis on the Nomological Net of Work-Related Proactivity Concepts and Their Incremental Values,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 62, no. 1 (2013): 44–96.

  66. 66. W.-D. Li, D. Fay, M. Frese, P. D. Harms, and X. Y. Gao, “Reciprocal Relationship between Proactive Personality and Work Characteristics: A Latent Change Score Approach,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 5 (2014): 948–65.

  67. 67. P. D. Converse, P. J. Pathak, A. M. DePaul-Haddock, T. Gotlib, and M. Merbedone, “Controlling Your Environment and Yourself: Implications for Career Success,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 80, no. 1 (2012): 148–59.

  68. 68. G. Chen, J. Farh, E. M. Campbell-Bush, Z. Wu, and X. Wu, “Teams as Innovative Systems: Multilevel Motivational Antecedents of Innovation in R&D Teams,” Journal of Applied Psychology 98, no. 6 (2013).

  69. 69. Y. Gong, S.-Y. Cheung, M. Wang, and J.-C. Huang, “Unfolding the Proactive Process for Creativity: Integration of the Employee Proactivity, Information Exchange, and Psychological Safety Perspectives,” Journal of Management 38, no. 5 (2012): 1611–33.

  70. 70. Z. Zhang, M. Wang, and S. Junqi, “Leader-Follower Congruence in Proactive Personality and Work Outcomes: The Mediating Role of Leader-Member Exchange,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 1 (2012): 111–30.

  71. 71. G. Van Hoye and H. Lootens, “Coping with Unemployment: Personality, Role Demands, and Time Structure,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 82, no. 2 (2013): 85–95.

  72. 72. R. D. Meyer, R. S. Dalal, and R. Hermida, “A Review and Synthesis of Situational Strength in the Organizational Sciences,” Journal of Management 36, no. 1 (2010): 121–40.

  73. 73. R. D. Meyer et al., “Measuring Job-Related Situational Strength and Assessing Its Interactive Effects with Personality on Voluntary Work Behavior,” Journal of Management 40, no. 4 (2014): 1010–41.

  74. 74. A. M. Watson et al., “When Big Brother Is Watching: Goal Orientation Shapes Reactions to Electronic Monitoring during Online Training,” Journal of Applied Psychology 98, no. 4 (2013): 642–57.

  75. 75. Y. Kim, L. Van Dyne, D. Kamdar, and R. E. Johnson, “Why and When Do Motives Matter? An Integrative Model of Motives, Role Cognitions, and Social Support as Predictors of OCB,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 121, no. 2 (2013): 231–45.

  76. 76. G. R. Maio, J. M. Olson, M. M. Bernard, and M. A. Luke, “Ideologies, Values, Attitudes, and Behavior,” in Handbook of Social Psychology, ed. J. Delamater (New York: Springer, 2003), 283–308.

  77. 77. See, for instance, A. Bardi, J. A. Lee, N. Hofmann-Towfigh, and G. Soutar, “The Structure of Intraindividual Value Change,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 97, no. 5 (2009): 913–29.

  78. 78. B. C. Holtz and C. M. Harold, “Interpersonal Justice and Deviance: The Moderating Effects of Interpersonal Justice Values and Justice Orientation,” Journal of Management 39, no. 2 (2013): 339–65.

  79. 79. See, for example, N. R. Lockwood, F. R. Cepero, and S. Williams, The Multigenerational Workforce (Alexandria, VA: Society for Human Resource Management, 2009).

  80. 80. E. Parry and P. Urwin, “Generational Differences in Work Values: A Review of Theory and Evidence,” International Journal of Management Reviews 13, no. 1 (2011): 79–96.

  81. 81. J. M. Twenge, S. M. Campbell, B. J. Hoffman, and C. E. Lance, “Generational Differences in Work Values: Leisure and Extrinsic Values Increasing, Social and Intrinsic Values Decreasing,” Journal of Management 36, no. 5 (2010): 1117–42.

  82. 82. B. J. Dik, S. R. Strife, and J.-I. C. Hansen, “The Flip Side of Holland Type Congruence: Incongruence and Job Satisfaction,” Career Development Quarterly 58, no. 4 (2010): 352–58; A. Rezaei, A. Qorbanpoor, T. A. Gatab, and A. Rezaei, “Comparative Research for Personality Types of Guilan University Physical Exercise and Counseling Students Based on Holland Theory,” Procedia—Social and Behavioral Sciences 30 (2011): 2032–36; and D. L. Ohler and E. M. Levinson, “Using Holland’s Theory in Employment Counseling: Focus on Service Occupations,” Journal of Employment Counseling 49, no. 4 (2012): 148–59.

  83. 83. Y. Lee and J. Antonakis, “When Preference Is Not Satisfied But the Individual Is: How Power Distance Moderates Person-Job Fit,” Journal of Management 40, no. 3 (2014): 641–57.

  84. 84. W. Arthur Jr., S. T. Bell, A. J. Villado, and D. Doverspike, “The Use of Person–Organization Fit in Employment Decision-Making: An Assessment of Its Criterion-Related Validity,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 4 (2006): 786–801; and J. R. Edwards, D. M. Cable, I. O. Williamson, L. S. Lambert, and A. J. Shipp, “The Phenomenology of Fit: Linking the Person and Environment to the Subjective Experience of Person–Environment Fit,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 4 (2006): 802–27.

  85. 85. E. E. Kausel and J. E. Slaughter, “Narrow Personality traits and organizational attraction: Evidence for the complementary hypothesis,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 114, no. 1 (2011): 3–14; and A. Leung and S. Chaturvedi, “Linking the Fits, Fitting the Links: Connecting Different Types of PO Fit to Attitudinal Outcomes,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 79, no. 2 (2011): 391–402.

  86. 86. M. L. Verquer, T. A. Beehr, and S. E. Wagner, “A Meta-Analysis of Relations between Person–Organization Fit and Work Attitudes,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 63, no. 3 (2003): 473–89; and J. C. Carr, A. W. Pearson, M. J. Vest, and S. L. Boyar, “Prior Occupational Experience, Anticipatory Socialization, and Employee Retention”, Journal of Management 32, no. 3 (2006): 343–59.

  87. 87. K. H. Ehrhart, D. M. Mayer, and J. C. Ziegert, “Web-Based Recruitment in the Millennial Generation: Work-Life Balance, Website Usability, and Organizational Attraction,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 21, no. 6 (2012): 850–74.

  88. 88. I. -S. Oh et al. “Fit Happens Globally: A Meta-Analytic Comparison of the Relationships of Person-Environment Fit Dimensions with Work Attitudes and Performance across East Asia, Europe, and North America,” Personnel Psychology 67, no. 1 (2014): 99–152.

  89. 89. See The Hofstede Centre, G. Hofstede. The Hofstede Centre (website), http://www.geert-hofstede.com.

  90. 90. V. Taras, B. L. Kirkman, and P. Steel, “Examining the Impact of Culture’s Consequences: A Three-Decade, Multilevel, Meta-Analytic Review of Hofstede’s Cultural Value Dimensions,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 5 (2010): 405–39.

  91. 91. R. J. House, P. J. Hanges, M. Javidan, and P. W. Dorfman, eds., Leadership, Culture, and Organizations: The GLOBE Study of 62 Societies (Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 2004); and O. Schloesser et al., “Human orientation as a new cultural Dimension of the GLOBE Project: A Validation study of the GLOBE Scale and Out-Group Human Orientation in 25 Countries,” Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology 44, no. 4 (2012): 535–51.

  92. 92. J. P. Meyer et al., “Affective, Normative, and Continuance Commitment Levels across Cultures: A Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 80, no. 2 (2012): 225–45.

Chapter 6

  1. 1. E. Bernstein, “‘Honey, You Never Said…,’” The Wall Street Journal, March 24, 2015, D1, D4.

  2. 2. K. C. Yam, R. Fehr, and C. M. Barnes, “Morning Employees Are Perceived as Better Employees: Employees’ Start Times Influence Supervisor Performance Ratings,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 6 (2014): 1288–99.

  3. 3. J. Dwyer, “Witness Accounts in Midtown Hammer Attack Show the Power of False Memory,” The New York Times, May 14, 2015, http://www.nytimes.com/2015/05/15/nyregion/witness-accounts-in-midtown-hammer-attack-show-the-power-of-false-memory.html?_r=1.

  4. 4. G. Fields and J. R. Emshwiller, “Long after Arrests, Records Live On,” The Wall Street Journal, December 26, 2014, A1, A10.

  5. 5. S. S. Wang, “The Science of Standing Out,” The Wall Street Journal, March 18, 2014, D1, D4.

  6. 6. E. Zell and Z. Krizan, “Do People Have Insight into Their Abilities? A Metasynthesis,” Perspectives on Psychological Science 9, no. 2 (2014): 111–25.

  7. 7. E. Demerouti, D. Xanthopoulou, I. Tsaousis, and A. B. Bakker, “Disentangling Task and Contextual Performance,” Journal of Personnel Psychology 13, no. 2 (2014): 59–69.

  8. 8. P. Harvey, K. Madison, M. Martinko, T. R. Crook, and T. A. Crook, “Attribution Theory in the Organizational Sciences: The Road Traveled and the Path Ahead,” Academy of Management Perspectives 28, no. 2 (2014): 128–46; and M. J. Martinko, P. Harvey, and M. T. Dasborough, “Attribution Theory in the Organizational Sciences: A Case of Unrealized Potential,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 32, no. 1 (2011): 144–49.

  9. 9. C. M. de Melo, P. J. Carnevale, S. J. Read, and J. Gratch, “Reading People’s Minds from Emotion Expressions in Interdependent Decision Making,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 106, no. 1 (2014): 73–88.

  10. 10. J. M. Moran, E. Jolly, and J. P. Mitchell, “Spontaneous Mentalizing Predicts the Fundamental Attribution Error,” Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 26, no. 3 (2014): 569–76; and D. R. Stadler, “Competing Roles for the Subfactors of Need for Closure in Committing the Fundamental Attribution Error,” Personality and Individual Differences 47, no. 7 (2009): 701–5.

  11. 11. See, for instance, M. Goerke, J. Moller, S. Schulz-Hardt, U. Napiersky, and D. Frey, “‘It’s Not My Fault—But Only I Can Change It’: Counterfactual and Prefactual Thoughts of Managers,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 2 (2004): 279–92; and E. G. Hepper, R. H. Gramzow, and C. Sedikides, “Individual Differences in Self-Enhancement and Self-Protection Strategies: An Integrative Analysis,” Journal of Personality 78, no. 2 (2010): 781–814.

  12. 12. J. D. Brown, “Across the (Not So) Great Divide: Cultural Similarities in Self-Evaluative Processes,” Social and Personality Psychology Compass 4, no. 5 (2010): 318–30.

  13. 13. A. Zhang, C. Reyna, Z. Qian, and G. Yu, “Interpersonal Attributions of Responsibility in the Chinese Workplace: A Test of Western Models in a Collectivistic Context,” Journal of Applied Social Psychology 38, no. 9 (2008): 2361–77; and A. Zhang, F. Xia, and C. Li, “The Antecedents of Help Giving in Chinese Culture: Attribution, Judgment of Responsibility, Expectation Change and the Reaction of Affect,” Social Behavior and Personality 35, no. 1 (2007): 135–42.

  14. 14. See P. Rosenzweig, The Halo Effect (New York: The Free Press, 2007); I. Dennis, “Halo Effects in Grading Student Projects,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 4 (2007): 1169–76; C. E. Naquin and R. O. Tynan, “The Team Halo Effect: Why Teams Are Not Blamed for Their Failures,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 2 (2003): 332–40; and T. M. Bechger, G. Maris, and Y. P. Hsiao, “Detecting Halo Effects in Performance-Based Evaluations,” Applied Psychological Measurement 34, no. 8 (2010): 607–19.

  15. 15. J. K. Clark, K. C. Thiem, J. Barden, J. O’Rourke Stuart, and A. T. Evans, “Stereotype Validation: The Effects of Activating Negative Stereotypes after Intellectual Performance,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 108, no. 4 (2015): 531–52.

  16. 16. J. L. Eberhardt, P. G. Davies, V. J. Purdic-Vaughns, and S. L. Johnson, “Looking Deathworthy: Perceived Stereotypicality of Black Defendants Predicts Capital-Sentencing Outcomes,” Psychological Science 17, no. 5 (2006): 383–86.

  17. 17. A. S. Rosette, G. J. Leonardelli, and K. W. Phillips, “The White Standard: Racial Bias in Leader Categorization,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 4 (2008): 758–77.

  18. 18. D. A. Hofmann, “Overcoming the Obstacles to Cross-Functional Decision Making: Laying the Groundwork for Collaborative Problem Solving,” Organizational Dynamics 44, no. 1 (2015): 17–25.

  19. 19. E. Bernstein, “The Right Answer is ‘No,’” The Wall Street Journal, March 11, 2014, D1–D2.

  20. 20. See, for example, P. L. Curseu and S. G. L. Schruijer, “Decision Styles and Rationality: An Analysis of the Predictive Validity of the General Decision-Making Style Inventory,” Educational and Psychological Measurement 72, no. 6 (2012): 1053–62.

  21. 21. For a review of the rational decision-making model, see M. Verweij, T. J. Senior, J. F. D. Dominguez, and R. Turner, “Emotion, Rationality, and Decision-Making: How to Link Affective and Social Neuroscience with Social Theory,” Frontiers in Neuroscience 9, no. 332 (2015).

  22. 22. J. G. March, A Primer on Decision Making (New York: The Free Press, 2009); and D. Hardman and C. Harries, “How Rational Are We?” The Psychologist 15, no. 2 (2002): 76–79.

  23. 23. M. H. Bazerman and D. A. Moore, Judgment in Managerial Decision Making (Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, 2013).

  24. 24. J. E. Russo, K. A. Carlson, and M. G. Meloy, “Choosing an Inferior Alternative,” Psychological Science 17, no. 10 (2006): 899–904.

  25. 25. N. Halevy and E. Y. Chou, “How Decisions Happen: Focal Points and Blind Spots in Interdependent Decision Making,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 106, no. 3 (2014): 398–417; D. Kahneman, “Maps of Bounded Rationality: Psychology for Behavioral Economics,” The American Economic Review 93, no. 5 (2003): 1449–75; and J. Zhang, C. K. Hsee, and Z. Xiao, “The Majority Rule in Individual Decision Making,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 99, no. 1 (2006): 102–11.

  26. 26. G. Gigerenzer, “Why Heuristics Work,” Perspectives on Psychological Science 3, no. 1 (2008): 20–29; and A. K. Shah and D. M. Oppenheimer, “Heuristics Made Easy: An Effort-Reduction Framework,” Psychological Bulletin 134, no. 2 (2008): 207–22.

  27. 27. See A. W. Kruglanski and G. Gigerenzer, “Intuitive and Deliberate Judgments Are Based on Common Principles,” Psychological Review 118, no. 1 (2011): 97–109.

  28. 28. E. Dane and M. G. Pratt, “Exploring Intuition and Its Role in Managerial Decision Making,” Academy of Management Review 32, no. 1 (2007): 33–54; and J. A. Hicks, D. C. Cicero, J. Trent, C. M. Burton, and L. A. King, “Positive Affect, Intuition, and Feelings of Meaning,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 98, no. 6 (2010): 967–79.

  29. 29. C. Akinci and E. Sadler-Smith, “Intuition in Management Research: A Historical Review,” International Journal of Management Reviews 14, no. 1 (2012): 104–22.

  30. 30. S. P. Robbins, Decide & Conquer: Making Winning Decisions and Taking Control of Your Life (Upper Saddle River, NJ: Financial Times/Prentice Hall, 2004), 13.

  31. 31. S. Ludwig and J. Nafziger, “Beliefs about Overconfidence,” Theory and Decision 70, no. 4 (2011): 475–500.

  32. 32. C. R. M. McKenzie, M. J. Liersch, and I. Yaniv, “Overconfidence in Interval Estimates: What Does Expertise Buy You,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 107, no. 2 (2008): 179–91.

  33. 33. R. P. Larrick, K. A. Burson, and J. B. Soll, “Social Comparison and Confidence: When Thinking You’re Better Than Average Predicts Overconfidence (and When It Does Not),” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 102, no. 1 (2007): 76–94.

  34. 34. K. M. Hmieleski and R. A. Baron, “Entrepreneurs’ Optimism and New Venture Performance: A Social Cognitive Perspective,” Academy of Management Journal 52, no. 3 (2009): 473–88.

  35. 35. See, for instance, J. P. Simmons, R. A. LeBoeuf, and L. D. Nelson, “The Effect of Accuracy Motivation on Anchoring and Adjustment: Do People Adjust from Their Provided Anchors?” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 99, no. 6 (2010): 917–32.

  36. 36. C. Janiszewski and D. Uy, “Precision of the Anchor Influences the Amount of Adjustment,” Psychological Science 19, no. 2 (2008): 121–27.

  37. 37. See, for example, P. Frost, B. Casey, K. Griffin, L. Raymundo, C. Farrell, and R. Carrigan, “The Influence of Confirmation Bias on Memory and Source Monitoring,” Journal of General Psychology 142, no. 4 (2015): 238–52; and W. Hart, D. Albarracín, A. H. Eagly, I. Brechan, M. Lindberg, and L. Merrill, “Feeling Validated versus Being Correct: A Meta-Analysis of Selective Exposure to Information,” Psychological Bulletin 135, no. 4 (2009): 555–88.

  38. 38. T. Pachur, R. Hertwig, and F. Steinmann, “How Do People Judge Risks: Availability Heuristic, Affect Heuristic, or Both?” Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied 18, no. 3 (2012): 314–30.

  39. 39. G. Morgenson, “Debt Watchdogs: Tamed or Caught Napping?” The New York Times, December 7, 2009, 1, 32.

  40. 40. K. Moser, H.-G. Wolff, and A. Kraft, “The De-Escalation of Commitment: Predecisional Accountability and Cognitive Processes,” Journal of Applied Social Psychology 43, no. 2 (2013): 363–76.

  41. 41. D. J. Sleesman, D. E. Conlon, G. McNamara, and J. E. Miles, “Cleaning Up the Big Muddy: A Meta-Analytic Review of the Determinants of Escalation of Commitment,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 3 (2012): 541–62.

  42. 42. H. Drummond, “Escalation of Commitment: When to Stay the Course?” Academy of Management Perspectives 28, no. 4 (2014): 430–46.

  43. 43. See, for instance, U. Hahn and P. A. Warren, “Perceptions of Randomness: Why Three Heads Are Better Than One,” Psychological Review 116, no. 2 (2009): 454–61.

  44. 44. See, for example, D. J. Keys and B. Schwartz, “Leaky Rationality: How Research on Behavioral Decision Making Challenges Normative Standards of Rationality,” Psychological Science 2, no. 2 (2007): 162–80; and U. Simonsohn, “Direct Risk Aversion: Evidence from Risky Prospects Valued below Their Worst Outcome,” Psychological Science 20, no. 6 (2009): 686–92.

  45. 45. J. K. Maner, M. T. Gailliot, D. A. Butz, and B. M. Peruche, “Power, Risk, and the Status Quo: Does Power Promote Riskier or More Conservative Decision Making?” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin 33, no. 4 (2007): 451–62.

  46. 46. A. Chakraborty, S. Sheikh, and N. Subramanian, “Termination Risk and Managerial Risk Taking,” Journal of Corporate Finance 13, no. 1 (2007): 170–88.

  47. 47. R. L. Guilbault, F. B. Bryant, J. H. Brockway, and E. J. Posavac, “A Meta-Analysis of Research on Hindsight Bias,” Basic and Applied Social Psychology 26, nos. 2–3 (2004): 103–17.

  48. 48. J. Bell, “The Final Cut?” Oregon Business 33, no. 5 (2010): 27.

  49. 49. E. Dash and J. Creswell, “Citigroup Pays for a Rush to Risk,” The New York Times, November 20, 2008, 1, 28; S. Pulliam, S. Ng, and R. Smith, “Merrill Upped Ante as Boom in Mortgage Bonds Fizzled,” The Wall Street Journal, April 16, 2008, A1, A14.

  50. 50. M. Gladwell, “Connecting the Dots,” The New Yorker, March 10, 2003.

  51. 51. H. Moon, J. R. Hollenbeck, S. E. Humphrey, and B. Maue, “The Tripartite Model of Neuroticism and the Suppression of Depression and Anxiety within an Escalation of Commitment Dilemma,” Journal of Personality 71, no. 3 (2003): 347–68.

  52. 52. J. Musch, “Personality Differences in Hindsight Bias,” Memory 11, nos. 4–5 (2003): 473–89.

  53. 53. T. Huston, “Are Women Better Decision Makers?” The New York Times, October 19, 2014, 9.

  54. 54. K. E. Stanovich and R. F. West, “On the Relative Independence of Thinking Biases and Cognitive Ability,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 94, no. 4 (2008): 672–95.

  55. 55. B. Burrough, “How Big Business Can Take the High Road,” The New York Times, March 9, 2014, 10.

  56. 56. K. V. Kortenkamp and C. F. Moore, “Ethics under Uncertainty: The Morality and Appropriateness of Utilitarianism When Outcomes Are Uncertain,” American Journal of Psychology 127, no. 3 (2014): 367–82.

  57. 57. A. Lukits, “Hello and Bonjour to Moral Dilemmas,” The Wall Street Journal, May 13, 2014, D4.

  58. 58. J. Hollings, “Let the Story Go: The Role of Emotion in the Decision-Making Process of the Reluctant, Vulnerable Witness or Whistle-Blower,” Journal of Business Ethics 114, no. 3 (2013): 501–12.

  59. 59. D. E. Rupp, P. M. Wright, S. Aryee, and Y. Luo, “Organizational Justice, Behavioral Ethics, and Corporate Social Responsibility: Finally the Three Shall Merge,” Management and Organization Review 11, no. 1 (2015): 15–24.

  60. 60. N. Klein and H. Zhou, “Their Pants Aren’t on Fire,” The New York Times, March 25, 2014, D3.

  61. 61. Ibid.

  62. 62. S. D. Levitt and S. J. Dubner, “Traponomics,” The Wall Street Journal, May 10–11, 2014, C1, C2.

  63. 63. N. Anderson, K. Potocnik, and J. Zhou, “Innovation and Creativity in Organizations: A State-of-the-Science Review, Prospective Commentary, and Guiding Framework,” Journal of Management 40, no. 5 (2014): 1297–333.

  64. 64. M. M. Gielnik, A.-C. Kramer, B. Kappel, and M. Frese, “Antecedents of Business Opportunity Identification and Innovation: Investigating the Interplay of Information Processing and Information Acquisition,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 63, no. 2 (2014): 344–81.

  65. 65. G. Reynolds, “Want a Good Idea? Take a Walk,” The New York Times, May 6, 2014, D6.

  66. 66. S. Shellenbarger, “The Power of the Doodle: Improve Your Focus and Memory,” The Wall Street Journal, July 30, 2014, D1, D3.

  67. 67. C. K. W. De Dreu, B. A. Nijstad, M. Baas, I. Wolsink, and M. Roskes, “Working Memory Benefits Creative Insight, Musical Improvisation, and Original Ideation through Maintained Task-Focused Attention,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin 38, no. 5 (2012): 656–69.

  68. 68. C.-H. Wu, S. K. Parker, and J. P. J. de Jong, “Need for Cognition as an Antecedent of Individual Innovation Behavior,” Journal of Management 40, no. 6 (2014): 1511–34.

  69. 69. S. M. Wechsler, C. Vendramini, and T. Oakland, “Thinking and Creative Styles: A Validity Study,” Creativity Research Journal 24, nos. 2-3 (2012): 235–42.

  70. 70. Y. Gong, S. Cheung, M. Wang, and J. Huang, “Unfolding the Proactive Processes for Creativity: Integration of the Employee Proactivity, Information Exchange, and Psychological Safety Perspectives,” Journal of Management 38, no. 5 (2012): 1611–33.

  71. 71. A. Rego, F. Sousa, C. Marques, and M. P. E. Cunha, “Retail Employees’ Self-Efficacy and Hope Predicting Their Positive Affect and Creativity,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 21, no. 6 (2012): 923–45.

  72. 72. H. Zhang, H. K. Kwan, X. Zhang, and L.-Z. Wu, “High Core Self-Evaluators Maintain Creativity: A Motivational Model of Abusive Supervision,” Journal of Management 40, no. 4 (2012): 1151–74.

  73. 73. D. K. Simonton, “The Mad-Genius Paradox: Can Creative People Be More Mentally Healthy But Highly Creative People More Mentally Ill?” Perspectives on Psychological Science 9, no. 5 (2014): 470–80.

  74. 74. C. Wang, S. Rodan, M. Fruin, and X. Xu, “Knowledge Networks, Collaboration Networks, and Exploratory Innovation,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 2 (2014): 484–514.

  75. 75. F. Gino and S. S. Wiltermuth, “Evil Genius? Dishonesty Can Lead to Greater Creativity,” Psychological Science 25, no. 4 (2014): 973–81.

  76. 76. S. N. de Jesus, C. L. Rus, W. Lens, and S. Imaginário, “Intrinsic Motivation and Creativity Related to Product: A Meta-Analysis of the Studies Published between 1990–2010,” Creativity Research Journal 25, no. 1 (2013): 80–84.

  77. 77. A. Somech and A. Drach-Zahavy, “Translating Team Creativity to Innovation Implementation: The Role of Team Composition and Climate for Innovation,” Journal of Management 39, no. 3 (2013): 684–708.

  78. 78. L. Sun, Z. Zhang, J. Qi, and Z. X. Chen, “Empowerment and Creativity: A Cross-Level Investigation,” Leadership Quarterly 23, no. 1 (2012): 55–65.

  79. 79. M. Cerne, C. G. L. Nerstad, A. Dysvik, and M. Skerlavaj, “What Goes around Comes around: Knowledge Hiding, Perceived Motivational Climate, and Creativity,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 1 (2014): 172–92.

  80. 80. I. J. Hoever, D. van Knippenberg, W. P. van Ginkel, and H. G. Barkema, “Fostering Team Creativity: Perspective Taking as Key to Unlocking Diversity’s Potential,” Journal of Applied Psychology 97, no. 5 (2012): 982–96.

  81. 81. S. J. Shin, T. Kim, J. Lee, and L. Bian, “Cognitive Team Diversity and Individual Team Member Creativity: A Cross-Level Interaction,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 1 (2012): 197–212.

  82. 82. T. Montag, C. P. Maertz, and M. Baer, “A Critical Analysis of the Workplace Creativity Criterion Space,” Journal of Management 38, no. 4 (2012): 1362–86.

  83. 83. M. Baer, “Putting Creativity to Work: The Implementation of Creative Ideas in Organizations,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 5 (2012): 1102–19.

Chapter 7

  1. 1. C. C. Pinder, Work Motivation in Organizational Behavior, 2nd ed. (New York, NY: Psychology Press, 2008).

  2. 2. R. J. Taormina and J. H. Gao, “Maslow and the Motivation Hierarchy: Measuring Satisfaction of the Needs,” American Journal of Psychology 126, no. 2 (2013): 155–57.

  3. 3. H. S. Guest “Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs—The Sixth Level,” Psychologist 27, no. 12 (2014): 982–83.

  4. 4. Ibid.

  5. 5. S. H. Mousavi and H. Dargahi, “Ethnic Differences and Motivation Based on Maslow’s Theory on Iranian Employees,” Iranian Journal of Public Health 42, no. 5 (2013): 516–21.

  6. 6. D. Lester, “Measuring Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs,” Psychological Reports 113, no. 1 (2013): 127–29.

  7. 7. J.-G. Choi and J.-K. Lee, “Testing the Applicability of the Herzberg’s Motivation-Hygiene Theory to the Hotel Industry,” DaeHan Journal of Business 25, no. 4 (2012): 2091–111.

  8. 8. F. Herzberg, “One More time: How do you Motivate Employees?,” Harvard Business Review, January 2003, 1–12.

  9. 9. See, for instance, C.-S. Park and K.-S. Ko, “A Study on Factors of Job Satisfaction of Caregivers in Home Care Facilities Based on Herzberg’s Motivation-Hygiene Theory,” Church Social Work 19, no. 8 (2012): 123–58; and “Study on the Important Factors for Non-Commissioned Officer’s Job Satisfaction in R.O.K. Army Based on Herzberg’s Two Factor Theory,” Journal of Korean Public Police and Security Studies 9, no. 2 (2012): 217–38.

  10. 10. D. McClelland, The Achieving Society (Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand, 1961).

  11. 11. B. Steinmann, S. L. Doerr, O. C. Schultheiss, and G. W. Maier, “Implicit Motives and Leadership Performance Revisited: What Constitutes the Leadership Motive Pattern?” Motivation and Emotion 39, no. 2 (2015): 167–74.

  12. 12. H. van Emmerick, W. L. Gardner, H. Wendt, and D. Fischer, “Associations of Culture and Personality with McClelland’s Motives: A Cross-Cultural Study of Managers in 24 Countries,” Group and Organization Management 35, no. 3 (2010): 329–67.

  13. 13. See, for instance, F. Yang, J. E. Ramsay, O. C. Schultheiss, and J. S. Pang, “Need for Achievement Moderates the Effect of Motive-Relevant Challenge on Salivary Cortisol Changes,” Motivation and Emotion 39, no. 3 (2015): 321–34; M. S. Khan, R. J. Breitnecker, and E. J. Schwarz, “Adding Fuel to the Fire: Need for Achievement Diversity and Relationship Conflict in Entrepreneurial Teams,” Management Decision 53, no. 1 (2015): 75–79; M. G. Koellner and O. C. Schultheiss, “Meta-Analytic Evidence of Low Convergence between Implicit and Explicit Measures of the Needs for Achievement, Affiliation, and Power,” Frontiers in Psychology 5, no. 826 (2014); and T. Bipp and K. van Dam, “Extending Hierarchical Achievement Motivation Models: The Role of Motivational Needs for Achievement Goals and Academic Performance,” Personality and Individual Differences 64 (2014): 157–62.

  14. 14. M. G. Koellner and O. C. Schultheiss, “Meta-Analytic Evidence of Low Convergence between Implicit and Explicit Measures of the Needs for Achievement, Affiliation, and Power.”

  15. 15. J. Hofer, H. Busch, and C. Schneider, “The Effect of Motive-Trait Interaction on Satisfaction of the Implicit Need for Affiliation among German and Cameroonian Adults,” Journal of Personality 83, no. 2 (2015): 167–78.

  16. 16. M. Gagné and E. L. Deci, “Self-Determination Theory and Work Motivation,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 26, no. 4 (2005): 331–62; and D. T. Kong and V. T. Ho, “A Self-Determination Perspective of Strengths Use at Work: Examining Its Determinant and Performance Implications,” Journal of Positive Psychology 11, no. 1 (2016): 15–25.

  17. 17. C. P. Cerasoli, J. M. Nicklin, and M. T. Ford, “Intrinsic Motivation and Extrinsic Incentives Jointly Predict Performance: A 40-Year Meta-Analysis,” Psychological Bulletin 140, no. 4 (2014): 980–1008.

  18. 18. J. E. Bono and T. A. Judge, “Self-Concordance at Work: Toward Understanding the Motivational Effects of Transformational Leaders,” Academy of Management Journal 46, no. 5 (2003): 554–71.

  19. 19. K. M. Sheldon, A. J. Elliot, and R. M. Ryan, “Self-Concordance and Subjective Well-Being in Four Cultures,” Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology 35, no. 2 (2004): 209–23.

  20. 20. L. M. Graves, M. N. Ruderman, P. J. Ohlott, and J. Webber, “Driven to Work and Enjoyment of Work: Effects on Managers’ Outcomes,” Journal of Management 38, no. 5 (2012): 1655–80.

  21. 21. J. P. Meyer, T. E. Becker, and C. Vandenberghe, “Employee Commitment and Motivation: A Conceptual Analysis and Integrative Model,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 6 (2004): 991–1007.

  22. 22. E. A. Locke and G. P. Latham, “New Directions in Goal-Setting Theory,” Current Directions in Psychological Science 15, no. 5 (2006): 265–68.

  23. 23. Ibid.

  24. 24. C. Gabelica, P. Van den Bossche, M. Segers, and W. Gijselaers, “Feedback, a Powerful Lever in Teams: A Review,” Educational Research Review 7, no. 2 (2012): 123–44.

  25. 25. J. Lee and F. Wei, “The Mediating Effect of Psychological Empowerment on the Relationship between Participative Goal Setting and Team Outcomes—A Study in China,” International Journal of Human Resource Management 22, no. 2 (2011): 279–95.

  26. 26. S. W. Anderson, H. C. Dekker, and K. L. Sedatole, “An Empirical Examination of Goals and Performance-to-Goal Following the Introduction of an Incentive Bonus Plan with Participative Goal Setting,” Management Science 56, no. 1 (2010): 90–109.

  27. 27. T. S. Bateman and B. Bruce, “Masters of the Long Haul: Pursuing Long-Term Work Goals,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 33, no. 7 (2012): 984–1006.

  28. 28. Ibid.

  29. 29. J. E. Bono and A. E. Colbert, “Understanding Responses to Multi-Source Feedback: The Role of Core Self-Evaluations,” Personnel Psychology 58, no. 1 (2005): 171–203; and S. A. Jeffrey, A. Schulz, and A. Webb, “The Performance Effects of an Ability-Based Approach to Goal Assignment,” Journal of Organizational Behavior Management 32 (2012): 221–41.

  30. 30. T. Tammemagi, D. O’Hora, and K. A. Maglieri, “The Effects of a Goal Setting Intervention on Productivity and Persistence in an Analogue Work Task,” Journal of Organizational Behavior Management 33, no. 1 (2013): 31–54.

  31. 31. D. F. Crown, “The Use of Group and Groupcentric Individual Goals for Culturally Heterogeneous and Homogeneous Task Groups: An Assessment of European Work Teams,” Small Group Research 38, no. 4 (2007): 489–508.

  32. 32. K. Lanaj, C. D. Chang, and R. E. Johnson, “Regulatory Focus and Work-Related Outcomes: A Review and Meta-Analysis,” Psychological Bulletin 138, no. 5 (2012): 998–1034.

  33. 33. D. L. Ferris, R. E. Johnson, C. C. Rosen, E. Djurdjevic, C.-H. Chang, and J. A. Tan, “When Is Success Not Satisfying? Integrating Regulatory Focus and Approach/Avoidance Motivation Theories to Explain the Relation between Core Self-Evaluation and Job Satisfaction,” Journal of Applied Psychology 98, no. 2 (2013): 342–53.

  34. 34. M. Roskes, A. J. Elliot, and C. K. W. De Dreu, “Why Is Avoidance Motivation Problematic, and What Can Be Done about It?” Current Directions in Psychological Science 23, no. 2 (2014): 133–38.

  35. 35. “KEYGroup Survey Finds Nearly Half of All Employees Have No Set Performance Goals,” IPMA-HR Bulletin, March 10, 2006, 1; S. Hamm, “SAP Dangles a Big, Fat Carrot,” BusinessWeek, May 22, 2006, 67–68; and “A. G. Lafley (CEO of Proctor & Gamble), interview by E. Amendola, P&G CEO Wields High Expectations But No Whip,” USA Today, February 19, 2007, 3B.

  36. 36. See, for example, E. Lindberg and T. L. Wilson, “Management by Objectives: The Swedish Experience in Upper Secondary Schools,” Journal of Educational Administration 49, no. 1 (2011): 62–75; and A. C. Spaulding, L. D. Gamm, and J. M. Griffith, “Studer Unplugged: Identifying Underlying Managerial Concepts,” Hospital Topics 88, no. 1 (2010): 1–9.

  37. 37. M. B. Kristiansen, “Management by Objectives and Results in the Nordic Countries: Continuity and Change, Differences and Similarities,” Public Performance and Management Review 38, no. 3 (2015): 542–69.

  38. 38. See, for instance, M. Tanikawa, “Fujitsu Decides to Backtrack on Performance-Based Pay,” The New York Times, March 22, 2001, W1; and W. F. Roth, “Is Management by Objectives Obsolete?” Global Business and Organizational Excellence 28, no. 4 (2009): 36–43.

  39. 39. F. Gino and C. Mogilner, “Time, Money, and Morality,” Psychological Science 25, no. 2 (2014): 414–21.

  40. 40. V. Lopez-Kidwell, T. J. Grosser, B. R. Dineen, and S. P. Borgatti, “What Matters When: A Multistage Model and Empirical Examination of Job Search Effort,” Academy of Management Journal 56, no. 6 (2012): 1655–78.

  41. 41. J. W. Beck and A. M. Schmidt, “State-Level Goal Orientations as Mediators of the Relationship between Time Pressure and Performance: A Longitudinal Study,” Journal of Applied Psychology 98, no. 2 (2013): 354–63.

  42. 42. J. R. Themanson and P. J. Rosen, “Examining the Relationships between Self-Efficacy, Task-Relevant Attentional Control, and Task Performance: Evidence from Event-Related Brain Potentials,” British Journal of Psychology 106, no. 2 (2015): 253–71.

  43. 43. A. Bandura, “Cultivate Self-Efficacy for Personal and Organizational Effectiveness,” in Handbook of Principles of Organizational Behavior, ed. E. Locke (Malden, MA: Blackwell, 2004), 120–36; and M. Ventura, M. Salanova, and S. Llorens, “Professional Self-Efficacy as a Predictor of Burnout and Engagement: The Role of Challenge and Hindrance Demands,” Journal of Psychology 149, no. 3 (2015): 277–302.

  44. 44. M. Salanova, S. Llorens, and W. B. Schaufeli, “Yes I Can, I Feel Good, and I Just Do It! On Gain Cycles and Spirals of Efficacy Beliefs, Affect, and Engagement,” Applied Psychology 60, no. 2 (2011): 255–85.

  45. 45. J. R. Themanson and P. J. Rosen, “Examining the Relationships between Self-Efficacy, Task-Relevant Attentional Control, and Task Performance: Evidence from Event-Related Brain Potentials.”

  46. 46. M. Ben-Ami, J. Hornik, D. Eden, and O. Kaplan, “Boosting Consumers’ Self-Efficacy by Repositioning the Self,” European Journal of Marketing 48, no. 11/12 (2014): 1914–38; L. De Grez and D. Van Lindt, “Students’ Gains in Entrepreneurial Self-Efficacy: A Comparison of ‘Learning-by-Doing’ versus Lecture-Based Courses,” Proceedings of the 8th European Conference on Innovation and Entrepreneurship (2013): 198–203; and K. S. Hendricks, “Changes in Self-Efficacy Beliefs over Time: Contextual Influences of Gender, Rank-Based Placement, and Social Support in a Competitive Orchestra Environment,” Psychology of Music 42, no. 3 (2014): 347–65.

  47. 47. T. A. Judge, C. L. Jackson, J. C. Shaw, B. Scott, and B. L. Rich, “Self-Efficacy and Work-Related Performance: The Integral Role of Individual Differences,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 1 (2007): 107–27.

  48. 48. Ibid.

  49. 49. A. M. Paul, “How to Use the ‘Pygmalion’ Effect,” Time, April 1, 2013, http://ideas.time.com/2013/04/01/how-to-use-the-pygmalion-effect/.

  50. 50. A. Friedrich, B. Flunger, B. Nagengast, K. Jonkmann, and U. Trautwein, “Pygmalion Effects in the Classroom: Teacher Expectancy Effects on Students’ Math Achievement,” Contemporary Educational Psychology 41 (2015): 1–12.

  51. 51. L. Karakowsky, N. DeGama, and K. McBey, “Facilitating the Pygmalion Effect: The Overlooked Role of Subordinate Perceptions of the Leader,” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 85, no. 4 (2012): 579–99; and P. Whiteley, T. Sy, and S. K. Johnson, “Leaders’ Conceptions of Followers: Implications for Naturally Occurring Pygmalion Effects,” Leadership Quarterly 23, no. 5 (2012): 822–34.

  52. 52. A. Gegenfurtner, C. Quesada-Pallares, and M. Knogler, “Digital Simulation-Based Training: A Meta-Analysis,” British Journal of Educational Technology 45, no. 6 (2014): 1097–114.

  53. 53. E. C. Dierdorff, E. A. Surface, and K. G. Brown, “Frame-of-Reference Training Effectiveness: Effects of Goal Orientation and Self-Efficacy on Affective, Cognitive, Skill-Based, and Transfer Outcomes,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 6 (2010): 1181–91; and R. Grossman and E. Salas, “The Transfer of Training: What Really Matters,” International Journal of Training and Development 15, no. 2 (2011): 103–20.

  54. 54. K. M. Eddington, C. Majestic, and P. J. Silvia, “Contrasting Regulatory Focus and Reinforcement Sensitivity: A Daily Diary Study of Goal Pursuit and Emotion,” Personality and Individual Differences 53, no. 3 (2012): 335–40.

  55. 55. B. F. Skinner, “‘Superstition’ in the Pigeon”. Journal of Experimental Psychology 38, no. 2 (1948).

  56. 56. M. J. Goddard, “Critical Psychiatry, Critical Psychology, and the Behaviorism of B. F. Skinner,” Review of General Psychology 18, no. 3 (2014): 208–15.

  57. 57. J. R. Brauer and C. R. Tittle, “Social Learning Theory and Human Reinforcement,” Sociological Spectrum 32, no. 2 (2012): 157–77.

  58. 58. C. Buzea, “Equity Theory Constructs in a Romanian Cultural Context,” Human Resource Development Quarterly 25, no. 4 (2014): 421–39; A. W. Cappelen, T. Eichele, K. Hugdahl, K. Specht, and B. Tungodden, “Equity Theory and Fair Inequality: A Neuroeconomic Study,” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences in the United States of America 111, no. 43 (2014): 15368–72; C. Maslach and M. P. Leiter, “Early Predictors of Job Burnout and Engagement”, Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 3 (2008): 498–512; and Q. Xiaoqing, K. Zhang, and Y. Xu, “Applicable Scope of Equity Theory and Reaction on Productivity under the Influence of Traditional Culture,” 2014 2nd International Conference on Social Science and Health, Pt. 3 in Advances in Education Research 57 (2014): 365–69.

  59. 59. J. Bai, “Analysis of Equity Theory in the Modern Enterprise Staff Motivation,” Proceedings of the 2012 International Conference on Management Innovation and Public Policy (2012): 165–67; C. Buzea, “Equity Theory Constructs in a Romanian Cultural Context,” Human Resource Development Quarterly 25, no. 4 (2014): 421–39; and L. K. Scheer, N. Kumar, and J.-B. E. M. Steenkamp, “Reactions to Perceived Inequity in U.S. and Dutch Interorganizational Relationships,” Academy of Management 46, no. 3 (2003): 303–16.

  60. 60. See, for instance, T. Simons and Q. Roberson, “Why Managers Should Care about Fairness: The Effects of Aggregate Justice Perceptions on Organizational Outcomes,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 3 (2003): 432–43; and B. C. Holtz and C. M. Harold, “Fair Today, Fair Tomorrow? A Longitudinal Investigation of Overall Justice Perceptions,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 5 (2009): 1185–99.

  61. 61. C. O. Trevor, G. Reilly, and B. Gerhart, “Reconsidering Pay Dispersion’s Effect on the Performance of Interdependent Work: Reconciling Sorting and Pay Inequality,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 3 (2012): 585–610.

  62. 62. A. Caza, M. W. McCarter, and G. B. Northcraft, “Performance Benefits of Reward Choice: A Procedural Justice Perspective,” Human Resource Management Journal 25, no. 2 (2015): 184–99; R. E. Johnson, K. Lanaj, and C. M. Barnes, “The Good and Bad of Being Fair: Effects of Procedural and Interpersonal Justice Behaviors on Regulatory Resources,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 4 (2014): 635–50; and D. Liu, M. Hernandez, and L. Wang, “The Role of Leadership and Trust in Creating Structural Patterns of Team Procedural Justice: A Social Network Investigation,” Personnel Psychology 67, no. 4 (2014): 801–45.

  63. 63. H. He, W. Zhu, and X. Zheng, “Procedural Justice and Employee Engagement: Roles of Organizational Identification and Moral Identity Centrality,” Journal of Business Ethics 122, no. 4 (2014): 681–95.

  64. 64. J. C. Shaw, E. Wild, and J. A. Colquitt, “To Justify or Excuse? A Meta-Analytic Review of the Effects of Explanations,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 3 (2003): 444–58.

  65. 65. R. J. Bies, “Are Procedural and Interactional Justice Conceptually Distinct?” in Handbook of Organizational Justice, eds. J. Greenberg and J. A. Colquitt (Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum, 2005), 85–112; and B. A. Scott, J. A. Colquitt, and E. L. Paddock, “An Actor-Focused Model of Justice Rule Adherence and Violation: The Role of Managerial Motives and Discretion,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 3 (2009): 756–69.

  66. 66. G. A. Van Kleef, A. C. Homan, B. Beersma, D. V. Knippenberg, B. V. Knippenberg, and F. Damen, “Searing Sentiment or Cold Calculation? The Effects of Leader Emotional Displays on Team Performance Depend on Follower Epistemic Motivation,” Academy of Management Journal 52, no. 3 (2009): 562–80.

  67. 67. “Rutgers Fires Mike Rice,” ESPN, April 3, 2013, http://espn.go.com/sportsnation/post/_/id/9129245/rutgers-fires-mike-rice.

  68. 68. J. M. Robbins, M. T. Ford, and L. E. Tetrick, “Perceived Unfairness and Employee Health: A Meta-Analytic Integration,” Journal of Applied Psychology 97, no. 2 (2012): 235–72.

  69. 69. K. Leung, K. Tong, and S. S. Ho, “Effects of Interactional Justice on Egocentric Bias in Resource Allocation Decisions,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 3 (2004): 405–15; and L. Francis-Gladney, N. R. Manger, and R. B. Welker, “Does Outcome Favorability Affect Procedural Fairness as a Result of Self-Serving Attributions,” Journal of Applied Social Psychology 40, no. 1 (2010): 182–94.

  70. 70. L. J. Barlcay and D. P. Skarlicki, “Healing the Wounds of Organizational Injustice: Examining the Benefits of Expressive Writing,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 2 (2009): 511–23.

  71. 71. This section is based on B. A. Scott, A. S. Garza, D. E. Conlon, and Y. J. Kim, “Why Do Managers Act Fairly in the First Place? A Daily Investigation of ‘Hot’ and ‘Cold’ Motives and Discretion,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 6 (2014): 1571–91.

  72. 72. F. F. T. Chiang and T. Birtch, “The Transferability of Management Practices: Examining Cross-National Differences in Reward Preferences,” Human Relations 60, no. 9 (2007): 1293–330; and M. J. Gelfand, M. Erez, and Z. Aycan, “Cross-Cultural Organizational Behavior,” Annual Review of Psychology 58 (2007): 479–514.

  73. 73. M. C. Bolino and W. H. Turnley, “Old Faces, New Places: Equity Theory in Cross-Cultural Contexts,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 29, no. 1 (2008): 29–50.

  74. 74. R. Shao, D. E. Rupp, D. P. Skarlicki, and K. S. Jones, “Employee Justice across Cultures: A Meta-Analytic Review,” Journal of Management 39, no. 1 (2013): 263–301.

  75. 75. R. L. Purvis, T. J. Zagenczyck, and G. E. McCray, “What’s in It for Me? Using Expectancy Theory and Climate to Explain Stakeholder Participation, Its Direction and Intensity,” International Journal of Project Management 33, no. 1 (2015): 3–14.

  76. 76. Y. Hao and G. Jianping, “Expectancy Theory and Nascent Entrepreneurship,” Small Business Economics 39, no. 3 (2012), 667–84; and G. Yu and J. Guo, “Research on Employee Motivation Mechanism in Modern Enterprises Based on Victor H. Vroom’s Expectancy Theory,” in Proceedings of the 9th International Conference on Innovation and Management, eds. G. Duysters, A. DeHoyos, and K. Kaminishi (2012): 988–91.

  77. 77. Vroom refers to these three variables as expectancy, instrumentality, and valence, respectively.

  78. 78. J. Nocera, “The Anguish of Being an Analyst,” The New York Times, March 4, 2006, B1, B12.

  79. 79. Y. Hao and G. Jianping, “Research on Employee Motivation Mechanism in Modern Enterprises Based on Victor H. Vroom’s Expectancy Theory.” (2012): 988–91.

  80. 80. H.-T. Chang, H.-M. Hsu, J.-W. Liou, and C.-T. Tsai, “Psychological Contracts and Innovative Behavior: A Moderated Path Analysis of Work Engagement and Job Resources,” Journal of Applied Social Psychology 43, no. 10 (2013): 2021–135.

  81. 81. See topics of employee engagement from Gallup, “Employee Engagement”, Gallup, accessed May 28, 2015, http://www.gallup.com/topic/employee_engagement.aspx.

  82. 82. M. S. Christian, A. S. Garza, and J. E. Slaughter, “Work Engagement: A Quantitative Review and Test of Its Relations with Task and Contextual Performance,” Personnel Psychology 64, no. 1 (2011): 89–136.

  83. 83. W. B. Schaufeli, A. B. Bakker, and W. van Rhenen, “How Changes in Job Demands and Resources Predict Burnout, Work Engagement, and Sickness Absenteeism,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 30, no. 7 (2009): 893–917; E. R. Crawford, J. A. LePine, and B. L. Rich, “Linking Job Demands and Resources to Employee Engagement and Burnout: A Theoretical Extension and Meta-Analytic Test,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 5 (2010): 834–48; and D. Xanthopoulou, A. B. Bakker, E. Demerouti, and W. B. Schaufeli, “Reciprocal Relationships between Job Resources, Personal Resources, and Work Engagement,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 74, no. 3 (2009): 235–44.

  84. 84. B. L. Rich, J. A. LePine, and E. R. Crawford, “Job Engagement: Antecedents and Effects on Job Performance,” Academy of Management Journal 53, no. 3 (2010): 617–35.

  85. 85. M. Tims, A. B. Bakker, and D. Xanthopoulou, “Do Transformational Leaders Enhance Their Followers’ Daily Work Engagement?” Leadership Quarterly 22, no. 1 (2011): 121–31; and F. O. Walumbwa, P. Wang, H. Wang, J. Schaubroeck, and B. J. Avolio, “Psychological Processes Linking Authentic Leadership to Follower Behaviors,” Leadership Quarterly 21, no. 5 (2010): 901–14.

Chapter 8

  1. 1. C. B. Gibson, J. L. Gibbs, T. L. Stanko, P. Tesluk, and S. G. Cohen, “Including the ‘I’ in Virtuality and Modern Job Design: Extending the Job Characteristics Model to Include the Moderating Effect of Individual Experiences of Electronic Dependence and Copresence,” Organization Science 22, no. 6 (2011): 1481–99.

  2. 2. S. E. Humphrey, J. D. Nahrgang, and F. P. Morgeson, “Integrating Motivational, Social, and Contextual Work Design Features: A Meta-Analytic Summary and Theoretical Extension of the Work Design Literature,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 5 (2007): 1332–56.

  3. 3. B. M. Meglino and A. M. Korsgaard, “The Role of Other Orientation in Reactions to Job Characteristics,” Journal of Management 33, no. 1 (2007): 57–83.

  4. 4. J. L. Pierce, I. Jussila, and A. Cummings, “Psychological Ownership within the Job Design Context: Revision of the Job Characteristics Model,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 30, no. 4 (2009): 477–96.

  5. 5. C. B. Gibson, J. L. Gibbs, T. L. Stanko, P. Tesluk, and S. G. Cohen, “Including the ‘I’ in Virtuality and Modern Job Design: Extending the Job Characteristics Model to Include the Moderating Effect of Individual Experiences of Electronic Dependence and Copresence.”

  6. 6. B. M. Naba and L. Fan, “Employee Motivation and Satisfaction in Niger: An Application of the Job Characteristics Model.” In Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Innovation and Management, eds. A. de Hoyos, K. Kaminishi, and G. Duysters (2013), 523–27.

  7. 7. M. F. Peterson and S. A. Ruiz-Quintanilla, “Cultural Socialization as a Source of Intrinsic Work Motivation,” Group & Organization Management 28, no. 2 (2003): 188–216.

  8. 8. T. Silver, “Rotate Your Way to Higher Value,” Baseline, March/April 2010, 12; and J. J. Salopek, “Coca-Cola Division Refreshes Its Talent with Diversity Push on Campus,” Workforce Management Online, March 21, 2011, http://www.workforce.com/2011/03/21/coca-cola-division-refreshes-its-talent-with-diversity-push-on-campus/

  9. 9. Review of Singapore Airlines, Skytrax, accessed May 31, 2013, www.airlinequality.com/Airlines/SQ.htm

  10. 10. S.-Y. Chen, W.-C. Wu, C.-S. Chang, and C.-T. Lin, “Job Rotation and Internal Marketing for Increased Job Satisfaction and Organisational Commitment in Hospital Nursing Staff,” Journal of Nursing Management 23, no. 3 (2015): 297–306.

  11. 11. A. Christini and D. Pozzoli, “Workplace Practices and Firm Performance in Manufacturing: A Comparative Study of Italy and Britain,” International Journal of Manpower 31, no. 7 (2010): 818–42; and K. Kaymaz, “The Effects of Job Rotation Practices on Motivation: A Research on Managers in the Automotive Organizations,” Business and Economics Research Journal 1, no. 3 (2010): 69–86.

  12. 12. S.-H. Huang and Y.-C. Pan, “Ergonomic Job Rotation Strategy Based on an Automated RGB-D Anthropometric Measuring System,” Journal of Manufacturing Systems 33, no. 4 (2014): 699–710; and P. C. Leider, J. S. Boschman, M. H. W. Frings-Dresen, and H. F. van der Molen, “Effects of Job Rotation on Musculoskeletal Complaints and Related Work Exposures: A Systematic Literature Review,” Ergonomics 58, no. 1 (2015): 18–32.

  13. 13. A. M. Grant, “Leading with Meaning: Beneficiary Contact, Prosocial Impact, and the Performance Effects of Transformational Leadership,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 2 (2012): 458–76; and A. M. Grant and S. K. Parker, “Redesigning Work Design Theories: The Rise of Relational and Proactive Perspectives,” Annals of the Academy of Management 3, no. 1 (2009): 317–75.

  14. 14. J. Devaro, “A Theoretical Analysis of Relational Job Design and Compensation,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 31, no. 2–3 (2010): 279–301.

  15. 15. K. Pajo and L. Lee, “Corporate-Sponsored Volunteering: A Work Design Perspective,” Journal of Business Ethics 99, no. 3 (2011): 467–82.

  16. 16. K. Bal, “Does Flextime Penalize Night Owls?” Human Resource Executive, June 23, 2014, http://www.hreonline.com/HRE/view/story.jhtml?id=534357257.

  17. 17. T. Kato, “Work and Family Practices in Japanese Firms: Their Scope, Nature, and Impact on Employee Turnover,” International Journal of Human Resource Management 20, no. 2 (2009): 439–56; and P. Mourdoukoutas, “Why Do Women Fare Better in the German World of Work Than in the US?” Forbes, March 25, 2013, www.forbes.com/sites/panosmourdoukoutas/2013/03/25/why-do-women-fare-better-in-the-german-world-of-work-than-in-the-us/.

  18. 18. R. Waring, “Sunday Dialogue: Flexible Work Hours,” The New York Times, January 19, 2013, www.nytimes.com.

  19. 19. B. Y. Lee and S. E. DeVoe, “Flextime and Profitability,” Industrial Relations 51, no. 2 (2012): 298–316.

  20. 20. See, for example, K. M. Shockley and T. D. Allen, “When Flexibility Helps: Another Look at the Availability of Flexible Work Arrangements and Work–Family Conflict,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 71, no. 3 (2007): 479–93; J. G. Grzywacz, D. S. Carlson, and S. Shulkin, “Schedule Flexibility and Stress: Linking Formal Flexible Arrangements and Perceived Flexibility to Employee Health,” Community, Work, and Family 11, no. 2 (2008): 199–214; and L. A. McNall, A. D. Masuda, and J. M. Nicklin “Flexible Work Arrangements, Job Satisfaction, and Turnover Intentions: The Mediating Role of Work-to-Family Enrichment,” 144, no. 1 (2010): 61–81.

  21. 21. K. M. Shockley and T. D. Allen, “Investigating the Missing Link in Flexible Work Arrangement Utilization: An Individual Difference Perspective,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 76, no. 1 (2010): 131–42.

  22. 22. D. Eldridge and T. M. Nisar, “Employee and Organizational Impacts of Flextime Work Arrangements,” Industrial Relations 66, no. 2 (2011): 213–34.

  23. 23. J. LaReau, “Ford’s 2 Julies Share Devotion—And Job,” Automotive News, October 25, 2010, 4.

  24. 24. S. Adams, “Workers Have More Flextime, Less Real Flexibility, Study Shows,” Forbes, May 2, 2014, http://www.forbes.com/sites/susanadams/2014/05/02/workers-have-more-flextime-less-real-flexibility-study-shows/.

  25. 25. C. B. Mulligan, “What Job Sharing Brings,” Forbes, May 8, 2013, http://economix.blogs.nytimes.com/2013/05/08/what-job-sharing-brings/;  and  “ObamaCare  Employer Mandate,” ObamacareFacts.com,” http://obamacarefacts.com/obamacare-employer-mandate/.

  26. 26. L. Woellert, “U.S. Work Share Program Helps Employers Avoid Layoffs,” Bloomberg Businessweek, January 24, 2013, www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-24/u-dot-s-dot-work-share-program-helps-employers-avoid-layoffs.

  27. 27. P. R. Gregory, “Why Obama Cannot Match Germany’s Jobs Miracle,” Forbes, May 5, 2013, www.forbes.com/sites/paulroderickgregory/2013/05/05/why-obama-cannot-match-germanys-jobs-miracle/.

  28. 28. See, for example, E. J. Hill, M. Ferris, and V. Martinson, “Does It Matter Where You Work? A Comparison of How Three Work Venues (Traditional Office, Virtual Office, and Home Office) Influence Aspects of Work and Personal/Family Life,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 63, no. 2 (2003): 220–41; B. Williamson, “Managing Virtual Workers,” Bloomberg Businessweek, July 16, 2009, http://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2009-07-15/managing-virtual-workers; and B. A. Lautsch and E. E. Kossek, “Managing a Blended Workforce: Telecommuters and Non-Telecommuters,” Organizational Dynamics 40, no. 1 (2010): 10–17.

  29. 29. S. Raghuram and D. Fang, “Telecommuting and the Role of Supervisory Power in China,” Asia Pacific Journal of Management 31, no. 2 (2014): 523–47.

  30. 30. D. Wilkie, “Has the Telecommuting Bubble Burst?” HR Magazine, June 1, 2015, https://www.shrm.org/hr-today/news/hr-magazine/pages/june-2015.aspx.

  31. 31. B. W. Reynolds, “100 Top Companies with Remote Jobs in 2015,” Flexjobs, January 20, 2015, http://www.flexjobs.com/blog/post/100-top-companies-with-remote-jobs-in-2015.

  32. 32. S. Florentine, “10 Most Telecommuting-Friendly Tech Companies,” CIO, January 15, 2014, http://www.cio.com/article/2369810/telecommuting/136064-10-Most-Telecommuting-Friendly-Tech-Companies.html#slide11.

  33. 33. See, for instance, M. Conlin, “The Easiest Commute of All,” BusinessWeek, December 12, 2005: 78; and E. O’Keefe, “Teleworking Grows But Still a Rarity,” The Washington Post, February 22, 2011, B3.

  34. 34. See, for example, P. Brotherton, “For Teleworkers, Less Is Definitely More,” TD 65, March, 19, 2011: 29; and M. Virick, N. DaSilva, and K. Arrington, “Moderators of the Curvilinear Relation between Extent of Telecommuting and Job and Life Satisfaction: The Role of Performance Outcome Orientation and Worker Type,” Human Relations 63, no. 1 (2010): 137–54.

  35. 35. M. C. Noonan and J. L. Glass, “The Hard Truth about Telecommuting,” Monthly Labor Review 135, no. 6 (2012): 38–45.

  36. 36. J. Welch and S. Welch, “The Importance of Being There,” BusinessWeek, April 16, 2007, 92; and Z. I. Barsness, K. A. Diekmann, and M. L. Seidel, “Motivation and Opportunity: The Role of Remote Work, Demographic Dissimilarity, and Social Network Centrality in Impression Management,” Academy of Management Journal 48, no. 3 (2005): 401–19.

  37. 37. P. Zhu and S. G. Mason, “The Impact of Telecommuting on Personal Vehicle Usage and Environmental Sustainability,” International Journal of Environmental Science and Technology 11, no. 8 (2014): 2185–200.

  38. 38. M. Marchington, “Analysing the Forces Shaping Employee Involvement and Participation (EIP) at Organisation Level in Liberal Market Economies (LMEs),” Human Resource Management Journal 25, no. 1 (2015): 1–18.

  39. 39. See, for example, the literature on empowerment, such as S. E. Seibert, S. R. Silver, and W. A. Randolph, “Taking Empowerment to the Next Level: A Multiple-Level Model of Empowerment, Performance, and Satisfaction,” Academy of Management Journal 47, no. 3 (2004): 332–49; M. M. Butts, R. J. Vandenberg, D. M. DeJoy, B. S. Schaffer, and M. G. Wilson, “Individual Reactions to High Involvement Work Processes: Investigating the Role of Empowerment and Perceived Organizational Support,” Journal of Occupational Health Psychology 14, no. 2 (2009): 122–36; R. Park, E. Applebaum, and D. Kruse, “Employee Involvement and Group Incentives in Manufacturing Companies: A Multi-Level Analysis,” Human Resource Management Journal 20, no. 3 (2010): 227–43; D. C. Jones, P. Kalmi, and A. Kauhanen, “How Does Employee Involvement Stack Up? The Effects of Human Resource Management Policies in a Retail Firm,” Industrial Relations 49, no. 1 (2010): 1–21; and M. T. Maynard, L. L. Gilson, and J. E. Mathieu, “Empowerment—Fad or Fab? A Multilevel Review of the Past Two Decades of Research,” Journal of Management 38, no. 4 (2012): 1231–81.

  40. 40. See, for instance, A. Sagie and Z. Aycan, “A Cross-Cultural Analysis of Participative Decision-Making in Organizations,” Human Relations 56, no. 4 (2003): 453–73; and J. Brockner, “Unpacking Country Effects: On the Need to Operationalize the Psychological Determinants of Cross-National Differences,” in Research in Organizational Behavior, vol. 25, eds. R. M. Kramer and B. M. Staw (Oxford, UK: Elsevier, 2003), 336–40.

  41. 41. Z. X. Chen and S. Aryee, “Delegation and Employee Work Outcomes: An Examination of the Cultural Context of Mediating Processes in China,” Academy of Management Journal 50, no. 1 (2007): 226–38.

  42. 42. G. Huang, X. Niu, C. Lee, and S. J. Ashford, “Differentiating Cognitive and Affective Job Insecurity: Antecedents and Outcomes,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 33, no. 6 (2012): 752–69.

  43. 43. Z. Cheng, “The Effects of Employee Involvement and Participation on Subjective Wellbeing: Evidence from Urban China,” Social Indicators Research 118, no. 2 (2014): 457–83.

  44. 44. M. Marchington, “Analysing the Forces Shaping Employee Involvement and Participation (EIP) at Organisation Level in Liberal Market Economies (LMEs).”

  45. 45. J. J. Caughron and M. D. Mumford, “Embedded Leadership: How Do a Leader’s Superiors Impact Middle-Management Performance?” Leadership Quarterly 23, no. 3 June 2012: 342–53.

  46. 46. See, for instance, A. Pendleton and A. Robinson, “Employee Stock Ownership, Involvement, and Productivity: An Interaction-Based Approach,” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 64, no. 1 (2010): 3–29.

  47. 47. D. K. Datta, J. P. Guthrie, and P. M. Wright, “Human Resource Management and Labor Productivity: Does Industry Matter?” Academy of Management Journal 48, no. 1 (2005): 135–45; C. M. Riordan, R. J. Vandenberg, and H. A. Richardson, “Employee Involvement Climate and Organizational Effectiveness.” Human Resource Management 44, no. 4 (2005): 471–88; and J. Kim, J. P. MacDuffie, and F. K. Pil, “Employee Voice and Organizational Performance: Team versus Representative Influence,” Human Relations 63, no. 3 (2010): 371–94.

  48. 48. M. Marchington, “Analysing the Forces Shaping Employee Involvement and Participation (EIP) at Organisation Level in Liberal Market Economies (LMEs).”

  49. 49. E. White, “Opportunity Knocks, and It Pays a Lot Better,” The Wall Street Journal, November 13, 2006, B3.

  50. 50. M. Sabramony, N. Krause, J. Norton, and G. N. Burns “The Relationship between Human Resource Investments and Organizational Performance: A Firm-Level Examination of Equilibrium Theory,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 4 (2008): 778–88.

  51. 51. C. Isidore, “Walmart Ups Pay Well above Minimum Wage,” CNN Money, February 19, 2015, http://money.cnn.com/2015/02/19/news/companies/walmart-wages/.

  52. 52. See, for example, M. Damiani and A. Ricci, “Managers’ Education and the Choice of Different Variable Pay Schemes: Evidence from Italian Firms,” European Management Journal 32, no. 6 (2014): 891–902; and J. S. Heywood and U. Jirjahn, “Variable Pay, Industrial Relations and Foreign Ownership: Evidence from Germany,” British Journal of Industrial Relations 52, no. 3 (2014): 521–52.

  53. 53. S. Miller, “Variable Pay Spending Spikes to Record High,” Society for Human Resource Management: Compensation Topics & Strategy, September 2, 2014, http://www.shrm.org/hrdisciplines/compensation/articles/pages/variable-pay-high.aspx.

  54. 54. S. Miller, “Companies Worldwide Rewarding Performance with Variable Pay,” Society for Human Resource Management: Compensation Topics & Strategy, March 1, 2010, https://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/hr-topics/compensation/pages/variableworld.aspx.

  55. 55. S. Miller, “Asian Firms Offer More Variable Pay Than Western Firms,” Society for Human Resource Management: Compensation Topics & Strategy, March 28, 2012, https://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/hr-topics/compensation/pages/asianvariablepay.aspx.

  56. 56. H. Kim, K. L. Sutton, and Y. Gong, “Group-Based Pay-for-Performance Plans and Firm Performance: The Moderating Role of Empowerment Practices,” Asia Pacific Journal of Management 30, no. 1 2013: 31–52.

  57. 57. J. Cloutier, D. Morin, and S. Renaud, “How Does Variable Pay Relate to Pay Satisfaction among Canadian Workers?” International Journal of Manpower 34, no. 5 (2013): 465–85.

  58. 58. E. Belogolovsky and P. A. Bamberger, “Signaling in Secret: Pay for Performance and the Incentive and Sorting Effects of Pay Secrecy,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 6 (2014): 1706–33.

  59. 59. Ibid.

  60. 60. C. B. Cadsby, F. Song, and F. Tapon, “Sorting and Incentive Effects of Pay for Performance: An Experimental Investigation,” Academy of Management Journal 50, no. 2 (2007): 387–405.

  61. 61. J. H. Han, K. M. Barol, and S. Kim, “Tightening Up the Performance-Pay Linkage: Roles of Contingent Reward Leadership and Profit-Sharing in the Cross-Level Influence of Individual Pay-for-Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 2 (2015): 417–30.

  62. 62. K. A. Bender, C. P. Green, and J. S. Heywood, “Piece Rates and Workplace Injury: Does Survey Evidence Support Adam Smith?” Journal of Population Economics 25, no. 2 (2012): 569–90.

  63. 63. J. S. Heywood, X. Wei, and G. Ye, “Piece Rates for Professors,” Economics Letters 113, no. 3 (2011): 285–87.

  64. 64. A. Baker and V. Mertins, “Risk-Sorting and Preference for Team Piece Rates,” Journal of Economic Psychology 34 (2013): 285–300.

  65. 65. A. Clemens, “Pace of Work and Piece Rates,” Economics Letters 115, no. 3 (2012): 477–79.

  66. 66. K. A. Bender, C. P. Green, and J. S. Heywood, “Piece Rates and Workplace Injury: Does Survey Evidence Support Adam Smith?”

  67. 67. S. L. Rynes, B. Gerhart, and L. Parks, “Personnel Psychology: Performance Evaluation and Pay for Performance,” Annual Review of Psychology 56, no. 1 (2005): 571–600.

  68. 68. “Paying Doctors for Performance,” The New York Times, January 27, 2013, A16.

  69. 69. S. Halzack, “Companies Look to Bonuses Instead of Salary Increases in an Uncertain Economy,” The Washington Post, November 6, 2012, https://www.washingtonpost.com/business/economy/companies-look-to-bonuses-instead-of-salary-increases-in-an-uncertain-economy/2012/11/06/52a7ec12-2751-11e2-9972-71bf64ea091c_story.html.

  70. 70. E. J. Castillo, “Gender, Race, and the New (Merit-Based) Employment Relationship,” Industrial Relations 51, no. S1 (2012): 528–62.

  71. 71. P. Furman, “Ouch! Top Honchos on Wall Street See Biggest Cuts to Bonuses,” New York Daily News, February 18, 2013, http://www.nydailynews.com/new-york/ouch-top-honchos-wall-street-biggest-cuts-bonues-article-1.1267228.

  72. 72. N. Chun and S. Lee, “Bonus Compensation and Productivity: Evidence from Indian Manufacturing Plant-Level Data,” Journal of Productivity Analysis 43, no. 1 (2015): 47–58.

  73. 73. E. White, “Employers Increasingly Favor Bonuses to Raises,” The Wall Street Journal, August 28, 2006, B3.

  74. 74. B. Goyette “Mark Zuckerberg Reaped $2.3 Billion on Facebook Stock Options,” The Huffington Post, April 26, 2013, http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/04/26/zuckerberg-stock-options_n_3166661.html?utm_hp_ref=business.

  75. 75. D. D’Art and T. Turner, “Profit Sharing, Firm Performance, and Union Influence in Selected European Countries,” Personnel Review 33, no. 3 (2004): 335–50; and D. Kruse, R. Freeman, and J. Blasi, Shared Capitalism at Work: Employee Ownership, Profit and Gain Sharing, and Broad-Based Stock Options (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010).

  76. 76. A. Bayo-Moriones and M. Larraza-Kintana, “Profit-Sharing Plans and Affective Commitment: Does the Context Matter?” Human Resource Management 48, no. 2 (2009): 207–26.

  77. 77. N. Chi and T. Han, “Exploring the Linkages between Formal Ownership and Psychological Ownership for the Organization: The Mediating Role of Organizational Justice,” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 81, no. 4 (2008): 691–711.

  78. 78. J. H. Han, K. M. Barol, and S. Kim, “Tightening Up the Performance-Pay Linkage: Roles of Contingent Reward Leadership and Profit-Sharing in the Cross-Level Influence of Individual Pay-for-Performance.”

  79. 79. R. P. Garrett, “Does Employee Ownership Increase Innovation?” New England Journal of Entrepreneurship 13, no. 2, (2010): 37–46.

  80. 80. D. McCarthy, E. Reeves, and T. Turner, “Can Employee Share-Ownership Improve Employee Attitudes and Behaviour?” Employee Relations 32, no. 4 (2010): 382–95.

  81. 81. A. Pendleton, “Shared Capitalism at Work: Employee Ownership, Profit and Gain Sharing, and Broad-Based Stock Options,” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 64, no. 3 (2011): 621–22.

  82. 82. A. Pendleton and A. Robinson, “Employee Stock Ownership, Involvement, and Productivity: An Interaction-Based Approach,” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 64, no. 1 (2010): 3–29.

  83. 83. X. Zhang, K. M. Bartol, K. G. Smith, M. D. Pfarrer, and D. M. Khanin, “CEOs on the Edge: Earnings Manipulation and Stock-Based Incentive Misalignment,” Academy of Management Journal 51, no. 2 (2008): 241–58.

  84. 84. Z. Lin, J. Kelly, and L. Trenberth, “Antecedents and Consequences of the Introduction of Flexible Benefit Plans in China,” International Journal of Human Resource Management vol. 22, no. 5 (2011): 1128–45.

  85. 85. Ibid.

  86. 86. R. C. Koo, “Global Added Value of Flexible Benefits,” Benefits Quarterly 27, no. 4 (2011): 17–20.

  87. 87. P. Stephens, “Flex Plans Gain in Popularity,” CA Magazine, January/February 2010, 10.

  88. 88. D. Lovewell, “Flexible Benefits: Benefits on Offer,” Employee Benefits, March 2010, S15.

  89. 89. S. J. Peterson and F. Luthans, “The Impact of Financial and Nonfinancial Incentives on Business Unit Outcomes over Time,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 1 (2006): 156–65.

  90. 90. C. Xu and C. Liang, “The Mechanisms Underlying an Employee Recognition Program,” in Proceedings of the International Conference on Public Human Resource Management and Innovation, eds. L. Hale and J. Zhang (2013), 28–35.

  91. 91. See F. Luthans and A. D. Stajkovic, “Provide Recognition for Performance Improvement,” in Handbook of Principles of Organizational Behavior, ed. E. A. Locke (Malden, MA: Blackwell, 2004): 166–80.

Chapter 9

  1. 1. E. J. Boothby, M. S. Clark, and J. A. Bargh, “Shared Experiences Are Amplified,” Psychological Science 25, no. 12 (2014): 2209–16.

  2. 2. B. Bastien, J. Jetten, and L. J. Ferris, “Pain as Social Glue: Shared Pain Increases Cooperation,” Psychological Science 25, no. 11 (2014): 2079–85.

  3. 3. O. Yakushko, M. M. Davidson, and E. N. Williams, “Identity Salience Model: A Paradigm for Integrating Multiple Identities in Clinical Practice,” Psychotherapy 46, no. 2 (2009): 180–92; and S. M. Toh and A. S. Denisi, “Host Country Nationals as Socializing Agents: A Social Identity Approach,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 28, no. 3 (2007): 281–301.

  4. 4. N. Karelaia and L. Guillén, “Me, a Woman and a Leader: Positive Social Identity and Identity Conflict,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 125, no. 2 (2014): 204–19.

  5. 5. S. Zhang, G. Chen, X.-P. Chen, D. Liu, and M. D. Johnson, “Relational versus Collective Identification within Workgroups: Conceptualization, Measurement Development, and Nomological Network Building,” Journal of Management 40, no. 6 (2014): 1700–31.

  6. 6. G. J. Lewis and T. C. Bates, “Common Heritable Effects Underpin Concerns over Norm Maintenance and In-Group Favoritism: Evidence from Genetic Analyses of Right-Wing Authoritarianism and Traditionalism,” Journal of Personality 82, no. 4 (2014): 297–309.

  7. 7. S. L. Neuberg et al., “Religion and Intergroup Conflict: Findings from the Global Group Relations Project,” Psychological Science 25, no. 1 (2014): 198–206.

  8. 8. W. M. L. Finlay, “Denunciation and the construction of Norms in Group Conflict: Examples from an Al-Qaeda-Supporting Group,” British Journal of Social Psychology 53, no. 4 (2014): 691–710.

  9. 9. M. J. Garfield and A. R. Denis, “Toward an Integrated Model of Group Development: Disruption of Routines by Technology-Induced Change,” Journal of Management Information Systems 29, no. 3 (2012): 43–86; and A. Chang, P. Bordia, and J. Duck, “Punctuated Equilibrium and Linear Progression: Toward a New Understanding of Group Development,” Academy of Management Journal 46, no. 1 (2003): 106–17.

  10. 10. M. M. Kazmer, “Disengaging from a Distributed Research Project: Refining a Model of Group Departures,” Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology 61, no. 4 (2010): 758–71.

  11. 11. William Shakespeare. As You Like It. First Folio 1623

  12. 12. K. Giese and A. Theil, “The Psychological Contract in Chinese–African Informal Labor Relations,” International Journal of Human Resource Management 26, no. 14 (2015): 1807–26; L. Sels, M. Janssens, and I. Van den Brande, “Assessing the Nature of Psychological Contracts: A Validation of Six Dimensions,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 25, no. 4 (2004): 461–88; and C. Gui, C. Lee, and D. M. Rousseau, “Psychological Contract and Organizational Generalizability and Instrumentality,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 2 (2004): 311–21.

  13. 13. M. D. Collins, “The Effect of Psychological Contract Fulfillment on Manager Turnover Intentions and Its Role as a Mediator in a Casual, Limited-Service Restaurant Environment,” International Journal of Hospitality Management 29, no. 4 (2010): 736–42; J. M. Jensen, R. A. Opland, and A. M. Ryan, “Psychological Contracts and Counterproductive Work Behaviors: Employee Responses to Transactional and Relational Breach,” Journal of Business and Psychology 25, no. 4 (2010): 555–68.

  14. 14. K. S. Wilson and H. M. Baumann, “Capturing a More Complete View of Employees’ Lives outside of Work: The Introduction and Development of New Interrole Conflict Constructs,” Personnel Psychology 68, no. 2 (2015): 235–82.

  15. 15. Ibid

  16. 16. See, for example, F. T. Amstad, L. L. Meier, U. Fasel, A. Elfering, and N. K. Semmer, “A Meta-Analysis of Work-Family Conflict and Various Outcomes with a Special Emphasis on Cross-Domain versus Matching-Domain Relations,” Journal of Occupational Health Psychology 16, no. 2 (2011): 151–69.

  17. 17. Y. Huang, K. M. Kendrick, and R. Yu, “Conformity to the Opinions of Other People Lasts for No More Than 3 Days,” Psychological Science 25, no. 7 (2014): 1388–93.

  18. 18. M. S. Hagger, P. Rentzelas, and N. K. D. Chatzisrantis, “Effects of Individualist and Collectivist Group Norms and Choice on Intrinsic Motivation,” Motivation and Emotion 38, no. 2 (2014): 215–23; and M. G. Ehrhart and S. E. Naumann, “Organizational Citizenship Behavior in Work Groups: A Group Norms Approach,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 6 (2004): 960–74.

  19. 19. E. Delvaux, N. Vanbeselaere, and B. Mesquita, “Dynamic Interplay between Norms and Experiences of Anger and Gratitude in Groups,” Small Group Research 46, no. 3 (2015): 300–23.

  20. 20. R. B. Cialdini and N. J. Goldstein, “Social Influence: Compliance and Conformity,” Annual Review of Psychology 55 (2004): 591–621.

  21. 21. P. Kundu and D. D. Cummins, “Morality and Conformity: The Asch Paradigm Applied to Moral Decisions,” Social Influence 8, no. 4 (2013): 268–79.

  22. 22. S. Sansfacon and C. E. Amiot, “The Impact of Group Norms and Behavioral Congruence on the Internalization of an Illegal Downloading Behavior,” Group Dynamics: Theory Research and Practice 18, no. 2 (2014): 174–88; and L. Rosh, L. R. Offermann, and R. Van Diest, “Too Close for Comfort? Distinguishing between Team Intimacy and Team Cohesion,” Human Resource Management Review 22, no. 2 (2012): 116–27.

  23. 23. J. S. Hassard, “Rethinking the Hawthorne Studies: The Western Electric Research in Its Social, Political, and Historical Context,” Human Relations 65, no. 11 (2012): 1431–61.

  24. 24. J. A. Goncalo, J. A. Chatman, M. M. Duguid, and J. A. Kennedy, “Creativity from Constraint? How the Political Correctness Norm Influences Creativity in Mixed-Sex Work Groups,” Administrative Science Quarterly 60, no. 1 (2015): 1–30.

  25. 25. E. Gonzalez-Mule, D. S. DeGeest, B. W. McCormick, J. Y. Seong, and K. G. Brown, “Can We Get Some Cooperation around Here? The Mediating Role of Group Norms on the Relationship between Team Personality and Individual Helping Behaviors,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 5 (2014): 988–99.

  26. 26. T. Masson and I. Fritsche, “Adherence to Climate Change-Related Ingroup Norms: Do Dimensions of Group Identification Matter?” European Journal of Social Psychology 44, no. 5 (2014): 455–65.

  27. 27. See R. J. Bennett and S. L. Robinson, “The Past, Present, and Future of Workplace Deviance,” in Organizational Behavior: The State of the Science, 2nd ed., ed. J. Greenberg (Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum, 2003), 237–71; and C. M. Berry, D. S. Ones, and P. R. Sackett, “Interpersonal Deviance, Organizational Deviance, and Their Common Correlates: A Review and Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 2 (2007): 410–24.

  28. 28. M. A. Baysinger, K. T. Scherer, and J. M. LeBreton, “Exploring the Disruptive Effects of Psychopathy and Aggression on Group Processes and Group Effectiveness,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 1 (2014): 48–65.

  29. 29. T. C. Reich and M. S. Hershcovis, “Observing Workplace Incivility,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 1 (2015): 203–15; and Z. E. Zhou, Y. Yan, X. X. Che, and L. L. Meier, “Effect of Workplace Incivility on End-of-Work Negative Affect: Examining Individual and Organizational Moderators in a Daily Diary Study,” Journal of Occupational Health Psychology 20, no. 1 (2015): 117–30.

  30. 30. See C. Pearson, L. M. Andersson, and C. L. Porath, “Workplace Incivility,” in Counterproductive Work Behavior: Investigations of Actors and Targets, eds. S. Fox and P. E. Spector (Washington, DC: American Psychological Association, 2005), 177–200.

  31. 31. S. Lim, L. M. Cortina, and V. J. Magley, “Personal and Workgroup Incivility: Impact on Work and Health Outcomes,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 1 (2008): 95–107.

  32. 32. M. S. Christian and A. P. J. Ellis, “Examining the Effects of Sleep Deprivation on Workplace Deviance: A Self-Regulatory Perspective,” Academy of Management Journal 54, no. 5 (2011): 913–34.

  33. 33. M. S. Hagger, P. Rentzelas, and N. K. D. Chatzisrantis, “Effects of Individualist and Collectivist Group Norms and Choice on Intrinsic Motivation.”

  34. 34. J. Dippong and W. Kalkhoff, “Predicting Performance Expectations from Affective Impressions: Linking Affect Control Theory and Status Characteristics Theory,” Social Science Research 50 (2015): 1–14; and A. E. Randel, L. Chay-Hoon, and P. C. Earley, “It’s Not Just about Differences: An Integration of Role Identity Theory and Status Characteristics Theory,” in Research on Managing Groups and Teams, ed. M. C. T. Hunt (2005), 23–42.

  35. 35. A. E. Randel, L. Chay-Hoon, and P. C. Earley, “It’s Not Just about Differences: An Integration of Role Identity Theory and Status Characteristics Theory.”

  36. 36. P. F. Hewlin, “Wearing the Cloak: Antecedents and Consequences of Creating Facades of Conformity,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 3 (2009): 727–41.

  37. 37. B. Groysberg, J. T. Polzer, and H. A. Elfenbein, “Too Many Cooks Spoil the Broth: How High-Status Individuals Decrease Group Effectiveness.”

  38. 38. C. Bendersky and N. P. Shah, “The Cost of Status Enhancement: Performance Effects of Individuals’ Status Mobility in Task Groups,” Organization Science 23, no. 2 (2012): 308–22.

  39. 39. B. Groysberg, J. T. Polzer, and H. A. Elfenbein, “Too Many Cooks Spoil the Broth: How High-Status Individuals Decrease Group Effectiveness.

  40. 40. A. M. Christie and J. Barling, “Beyond Status: Relating Status Inequality to Performance and Health in Teams,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 5 (2010): 920–34; and L. H. Nishii and D. M. Mayer, “Do Inclusive Leaders Help to Reduce Turnover in Diverse Groups? The Moderating Role of Leader–Member Exchange in the Diversity to Turnover Relationship,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 6 (2009): 1412–26.

  41. 41. M. Cikara and J. J. Van Bavel, “The Neuroscience of Intergroup Relations: An Integrative Review,” Perspectives on Psychological Science 9, no. 3 (2014): 245–74.

  42. 42. M. Rubin, C. Badea, and J. Jetten, “Low Status Groups Show In-Group Favoritism to Compensate for Their Low Status and Compete for Higher Status,” Group Processes & Intergroup Relations 17, no. 5 (2014): 563–76.

  43. 43. C. L. Wilkins, J. D. Wellman, L. G. Babbitt, N. R. Toosi, and K. D. Schad, “You Can Win But I Can’t Lose: Bias against High-Status Groups Increases Their Zero-Sum Beliefs about Discrimination,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology 57 (2014): 1–14.

  44. 44. R. B. Lount Jr. and S. L. Wilk, “Working Harder or Hardly Working? Posting Performance Eliminates Social Loafing and Promotes Social Laboring in Workgroups,” Management Science 60, no. 5 (2014): 1098–106; S. M. Murphy, S. J. Wayne, R. C. Liden, and B. Erdogan, “Understanding Social Loafing: The Role of Justice Perceptions and Exchange Relationships,” Human Relations 56, no. 1 (2003): 61–84; and R. C. Liden, S. J. Wayne, R. A. Jaworski, and N. Bennett, “Social Loafing: A Field Investigation,” Journal of Management 30, no. 2 (2004): 285–304.

  45. 45. C. Rubino, D. R. Avery, S. D. Volpone, and L. Ford, “Does Teaming Obscure Low Performance? Exploring the Temporal Effects of Team Performance Diversity,” Human Performance 27, no. 5 (2014): 416–34.

  46. 46. D. L. Smrt and S. J. Karau, “Protestant Work Ethic Moderates Social Loafing,” Group Dynamics: Theory Research and Practice 15, no. 3 (2011): 267–74.

  47. 47. M. C. Schippers, “Social Loafing Tendencies and Team Performance: The Compensating Effect of Agreeableness and Conscientiousness,” Academy of Management Learning & Education 13, no. 1 (2014): 62–81.

  48. 48. A. Gunnthorsdottir and A. Rapoport, “Embedding Social Dilemmas in Intergroup Competition Reduces Free-Riding,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 101, no. 2 (2006): 184–99; and E. M. Stark, J. D. Shaw, and M. K. Duffy, “Preference for Group Work, Winning Orientation, and Social Loafing Behavior in Groups,” Group & Organization Management 32, no. 6 (2007): 699–723.

  49. 49. R. B. Lount Jr. and S. L. Wilk, “Working Harder or Hardly Working? Posting Performance Eliminates Social Loafing and Promotes Social Laboring in Workgroups.”

  50. 50. A. Gunnthorsdottir and A. Rapoport, “Embedding Social Dilemmas in Intergroup Competition Reduces Free-Riding;” and E. M. Stark, J. D. Shaw, and M. K. Duffy, “Preference for Group Work, Winning Orientation, and Social Loafing Behavior in Groups.”

  51. 51. L. L. Greer, “Group Cohesion: Then and Now,” Small Group Research 43, no. 6 (2012): 655–61.

  52. 52. D. S. Staples and L. Zhao, “The Effects of Cultural Diversity in Virtual Teams Versus Face-to-Face Teams,” Group Decision and Negotiation 15, no. 4 (2006): 389–406.

  53. 53. K. J. Klein, A. P. Knight, J. C. Ziegert, B. C. Lim, and J. L. Saltz, “When Team Members’ Values Differ: The Moderating Role of Team Leadership,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 114, no. 1 (2011): 25–36; and G. Park and R. P. DeShon, “A Multilevel Model of Minority Opinion Expression and Team Decision-Making Effectiveness,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 5 (2010): 824–33.

  54. 54. J. S. Chun and J. N. Choi, “Members’ Needs, Intragroup Conflict, and Group Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 3 (2014): 437–50.

  55. 55. M. Rigoglioso, “Diverse Backgrounds and Personalities Can Strengthen Groups,” Stanford Knowledgebase, August 15, 2006, https://www.gsb.stanford.edu/insights/diverse-backgrounds-personalities-can-strengthen-groups.

  56. 56. K. W. Phillips and D. L. Loyd, “When Surface and Deep-Level Diversity Collide: The Effects on Dissenting Group Members,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 99, no. 2 (2006): 143–60; and S. R. Sommers, “On Racial Diversity and Group Decision Making: Identifying Multiple Effects of Racial Composition on Jury Deliberations,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 99, no. 4 (April 2006): 597–612.

  57. 57. J. S. Chun and J. N. Choi, “Members’ Needs, Intragroup Conflict, and Group Performance.”

  58. 58. E. Mannix and M. A. Neale, “What Differences Make a Difference? The Promise and Reality of Diverse Teams in Organizations,” Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 6, no. 2 (2005): 31–55.

  59. 59. E. P. Apfelbaum, K. W. Phillips, and J. A. Richeson, “Rethinking the Baseline in Diversity Research: Should We Be Explaining the Effects of Homogeneity?” Perspectives on Psychological Science 9, no. 3 (2014): 235–44.

  60. 60. See M. B. Thatcher and P. C. Patel, “Group Faultlines: A Review, Integration, and Guide to Future Research,” Journal of Management 38, no. 4 (2012): 969–1009.

  61. 61. K. Bezrukova, S. M. B. Thatcher, K. A. Jehn, and C. S. Spell, “The Effects of Alignments: Examining Group Faultlines, Organizational Cultures, and Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 97, no. 1 (2012): 77–92.

  62. 62. R. Rico, M. Sanchez-Manzanares, M. Antino, and D. Lau, “Bridging Team Faultlines by Combining Task Role Assignment and Goal Structure Strategies,” Journal of Applied Psychology 97, no. 2 (2012): 407–20.

  63. 63. J. S. Chun and J. N. Choi, “Members’ Needs, Intragroup Conflict, and Group Performance.”

  64. 64. B. L. Bonner, S. D. Sillito, and M. R. Baumann, “Collective Estimation: Accuracy, Expertise, and Extroversion as Sources of Intra-Group Influence,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 103, no. 1 (2007): 121–33.

  65. 65. J. E. Kammer, W. Gaissmaier, T. Reimer, and C. C. Schermuly, “The Adaptive Use of Recognition in Group Decision Making,” Cognitive Science 38, no. 5 (2014): 911–42.

  66. 66. G. Park and R. P. DeShon, “A Multilevel Model of Minority Opinion Expression and Team Decision-Making Effectiveness,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 5 (2010): 824–33.

  67. 67. R. Benabou, “Groupthink: Collective Delusions in Organizations and Markets,” Review of Economic Studies 80 (2013): 429–62.

  68. 68. See S. Schultz-Hardt, F. C. Brodbeck, A. Mojzisch, R. Kerschreiter, and D. Frey, “Group Decision Making in Hidden Profile Situations: Dissent as a Facilitator for Decision Quality,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 91, no. 6 (2006): 1080–93.

  69. 69. See I. Yaniv, “Group Diversity and Decision Quality: Amplification and Attenuation of the Framing Effect,” International Journal of Forecasting 27, no. 1 (2011): 41–49.

  70. 70. M. P. Brady and S. Y. Wu, “The Aggregation of Preferences in Groups: Identity, Responsibility, and Polarization,” Journal of Economic Psychology 31, no. 6 (2010): 950–63.

  71. 71. Z. Krizan and R. S. Baron, “Group Polarization and Choice-Dilemmas: How Important Is Self-Categorization?” European Journal of Social Psychology 37, no. 1 (2007): 191–201.

  72. 72. See R. P. McGlynn, D. McGurk, V. S. Effland, N. L. Johll, and D. J. Harding, “Brainstorming and Task Performance in Groups Constrained by Evidence,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 93, no. 1 (2004): 75–87; and R. C. Litchfield, “Brainstorming Reconsidered: A Goal-Based View,” Academy of Management Review 33, no. 3 (2008): 649–68.

  73. 73. N. L. Kerr and R. S. Tindale, “Group Performance and Decision-Making,” Annual Review of Psychology 55 (2004): 623–55.

  74. 74. C. Faure, “Beyond Brainstorming: Effects of Different Group Procedures on Selection of Ideas and Satisfaction with the Process,” Journal of Creative Behavior 38, no. 1 (2004): 13–34.

  75. 75. P. L. Perrewé, K. L. Zellars, G. R. Ferris, A. M. Rossi, C. J. Kacmar, and D. A. Ralston, “Neutralizing Job Stressors: Political Skill as an Antidote to the Dysfunctional Consequences of Role Conflict,” Academy of Management Journal 47, no. 1 (2004): 141–52.

Chapter 10

  1. 1. R. Karlgaard, “Think (Really!) Small,” Forbes, April 13, 2015, 32.

  2. 2. J. C. Gorman, “Team Coordination and Dynamics: Two Central Issues,” Current Directions in Psychological Science 23, no. 5 (2014): 355–60.

  3. 3. Ibid.

  4. 4. J. Mathieu, M. T. Maynard, T. Rapp, and L. Gilson, “Team Effectiveness 1997–2007: A Review of Recent Advancements and a Glimpse into the Future,” Journal of Management 34, no. 3 (2008): 410–76.

  5. 5. See, for example, S.-B. Yang and M. E. Guy, “The Effectiveness of Self-Managed Work Teams in Government Organizations,” Journal of Business and Psychology 26, no. 4 (2011): 531–41; and G. S. Van der Vegt, S. Bunderson, and B. Kuipers, “Why Turnover Matters in Self-Managing Work Teams: Learning, Social Integration, and Task Flexibility,” Journal of Management 36, no. 5 (2010): 1168–91.

  6. 6. G. L. Stewart, S. H. Courtright, and M. R. Barrick, “Peer-Based Control in Self-Managing Teams: Linking Rational and Normative Influence with Individual and Group Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 97, no. 2 (2012): 435–47.

  7. 7. C. W. Langfred, “The Downside of Self-Management: A Longitudinal Study of the Effects of Conflict on Trust, Autonomy, and Task Interdependence in Self-Managing Teams,” Academy of Management Journal 50, no. 4 (2007): 885–900.

  8. 8. B. H. Bradley, B. E. Postlethwaite, A. C. Klotz, M. R. Hamdani, and K. G. Brown, “Reaping the Benefits of Task Conflict in Teams: The Critical Role of Team Psychological Safety Climate,” Journal of Applied Psychology, 97, no. 1 (2012): 151–58.

  9. 9. J. Devaro, “The Effects of Self-Managed and Closely Managed Teams on Labor Productivity and Product Quality: An Empirical Analysis of a Cross-Section of Establishments,” Industrial Relations 47, no. 4 (2008): 659–98.

  10. 10. A. Shah, “Starbucks Strives for Instant Gratification with Via Launch,” PRWeek, December 1, 2009, 15.

  11. 11. F. Aime, S. Humphrey, D. S. DeRue, and J. B. Paul, “The Riddle of Heterarchy: Power Transitions in Cross-Functional Teams,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 2 (2014): 327–52.

  12. 12. See, for example, L. L. Martins, L. L. Gilson, and M. T. Maynard, “Virtual Teams: What Do We Know and Where Do We Go from Here?” Journal of Management 30, no. 6 (2004): 805–35; and B. Leonard, “Managing Virtual Teams,” HR Magazine, June 2011, 39–42.

  13. 13. J. E. Hoch and S. W. J. Kozlowski, “Leading Virtual Teams: Hierarchical Leadership, Structural Supports, and Shared Team Leadership,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 3 (2014): 390–403.

  14. 14. A. Malhotra, A. Majchrzak, and B. Rosen, “Leading Virtual Teams,” Academy of Management Perspectives 21, no. 1 (2007): 60–70; and J. M. Wilson, S. S. Straus, and B. McEvily, “All in Due Time: The Development of Trust in Computer-Mediated and Face-to-Face Teams,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 19, no. 1 (2006): 16–33.

  15. 15. P. Balkundi and D. A. Harrison, “Ties, Leaders, and Time in Teams: Strong Inference about Network Structure’s Effects on Team Viability and Performance,” Academy of Management Journal 49, no. 1 (2006): 49–68; G. Chen, B. L. Kirkman, R. Kanfer, D. Allen, and B. Rosen, “A Multilevel Study of Leadership, Empowerment, and Performance in Teams,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 2 (2007): 331–46; L. A. DeChurch and M. A. Marks, “Leadership in Multiteam Systems,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 2 (2006): 311–29; A. Srivastava, K. M. Bartol, and E. A. Locke, “Empowering Leadership in Management Teams: Effects on Knowledge Sharing, Efficacy, and Performance,” Academy of Management Journal 49, no. 6 (2006): 1239–51; and J. E. Mathieu, K. K. Gilson, and T. M. Ruddy, “Empowerment and Team Effectiveness: An Empirical Test of an Integrated Model,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 1 (2006): 97–108.

  16. 16. R. B. Davison, J. R. Hollenbeck, C. M. Barnes, D. J. Sleesman, and D. R. Ilgen, “Coordinated Action in Multiteam Systems,” Journal of Applied Psychology 97, no. 4 (2012): 808–24.

  17. 17. M. M. Luciano, J. E. Mathieu, and T. M. Ruddy, “Leading Multiple Teams: Average and Relative External Leadership Influences on Team Empowerment and Effectiveness,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 2 (2014): 322–31.

  18. 18. R. Greenwald, “Freelancing Alone—But Together,” The Wall Street Journal, February 3, 2014, R5.

  19. 19. V. Gonzalez-Roma and A. Hernandez, “Climate Uniformity: Its Influence on Team Communication Quality, Task Conflict, and Team Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 6 (2014): 1042–58; and C. F. Peralta, P. N. Lopes, L. L. Gilson, P. R. Lourenco, and L. Pais, “Innovation Processes and Team Effectiveness: The Role of Goal Clarity and Commitment, and Team Affective Tone,” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 88, no. 1 (2015): 80–107.

  20. 20. P. Balkundi and D. A. Harrison, “Ties, Leaders, and Time in Teams: Strong Inference about Network Structure’s Effects on Team Viability and Performance,” Academy of Management Journal 49, no. 1 (2006): 49–68; G. Chen, B. L. Kirkman, R. Kanfer, D. Allen, and B. Rosen, “A Multilevel Study of Leadership, Empowerment, and Performance in Teams,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 2 (2007): 331–46; L. A. DeChurch and M. A. Marks, “Leadership in Multiteam Systems,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 2 (2006): 311–29; A. Srivastava, K. M. Bartol, and E. A. Locke, “Empowering Leadership in Management Teams: Effects on Knowledge Sharing, Efficacy, and Performance,” Academy of Management Journal 49, no. 6 (2006): 1239–51; and J. E. Mathieu, K. K. Gilson, and T. M. Ruddy, “Empowerment and Team Effectiveness: An Empirical Test of an Integrated Model,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 1 (2006): 97–108.

  21. 21. J. Schaubroeck, S. S. K. Lam, and A. C. Peng, “Cognition-Based and Affect-Based Trust as Mediators of Leader Behavior Influences on Team Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 96, no. 4, (2011).

  22. 22. B. A. De Jong and K. T. Dirks, “Beyond Shared Perceptions of Trust and Monitoring in Teams: Implications of Asymmetry and Dissensus,” Journal of Applied Psychology 97, no. 2 (2012): 391–406.

  23. 23. G. Brown, C. Crossley, and S. L. Robinson, “Psychological Ownership, Territorial Behavior, and Being Perceived as a Team Contributor: The Critical Role of Trust in the Work Environment,” Personnel Psychology 67, no. 2 (2014): 463–85.

  24. 24. See F. Aime, C. J. Meyer, and S. E. Humphrey, “Legitimacy of Team Rewards: Analyzing Legitimacy as a Condition for the Effectiveness of Team Incentive Designs,” Journal of Business Research 63, no. 1 (2010): 60–66; P. A. Bamberger and R. Levi, “Team-Based Reward Allocation Structures and the Helping Behaviors of Outcome-Interdependent Team Members,” Journal of Managerial Psychology 24, no. 4 (2009): 300–27; and M. J. Pearsall, M. S. Christian, and A. P. J. Ellis, “Motivating Interdependent Teams: Individual Rewards, Shared Rewards, or Something in Between?” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 1 (2010): 183–91.

  25. 25. A. Bryant, “Taking Your Skills with You,” The New York Times, May 31, 2015.

  26. 26. R. R. Hirschfeld, M. H. Jordan, H. S. Feild, W. F. Giles, and A. A. Armenakis, “Becoming Team Players: Team Members’ Mastery of Teamwork Knowledge as a Predictor of Team Task Proficiency and Observed Teamwork Effectiveness,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 2 (2006): 467–74; and K. R. Randall, C. J. Resick, and L. A. DeChurch, “Building Team Adaptive Capacity: The Roles of Sensegiving and Team Composition,” Journal of Applied Psychology 96, no. 3 (2011): 525–40.

  27. 27. H. Moon, J. R. Hollenbeck, and S. E. Humphrey, “Asymmetric Adaptability: Dynamic Team Structures as One-Way Streets,” Academy of Management Journal 47, no. 5 (2004): 681–95; A. P. J. Ellis, J. R. Hollenbeck, and D. R. Ilgen, “Team Learning: Collectively Connecting the Dots,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 5 (2003): 821–35; C. L. Jackson and J. A. LePine, “Peer Responses to a Team’s Weakest Link: A Test and Extension of LePine and Van Dyne’s Model,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 3 (2003): 459–75; and J. A. LePine, “Team Adaptation and Postchange Performance: Effects of Team Composition in Terms of Members’ Cognitive Ability and Personality,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 1 (2003): 27–39.

  28. 28. C. C. Cogliser, W. L. Gardner, M. B. Gavin, and J. C. Broberg, “Big Five Personality Factors and Leader Emergence in Virtual Teams: Relationships with Team Trustworthiness, Member Performance Contributions, and Team Performance,” Group & Organization Management 37, no. 6 (2012): 752–84; and “Deep-Level Composition Variables as Predictors of Team Performance: A Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 3 (2007): 595–615.

  29. 29. T. A. O’Neill and N. J. Allen, “Personality and the Prediction of Team Performance,” European Journal of Personality 25, no. 1 (2011): 31–42.

  30. 30. S. E. Humphrey, J. R. Hollenbeck, C. J. Meyer, and D. R. Ilgen, “Personality Configurations in Self-Managed Teams: A Natural Experiment on the Effects of Maximizing and Minimizing Variance in Traits,” Journal of Applied Psychology 41, no. 7 (2011): 1701–32.

  31. 31. A. P. J. Ellis, J. R. Hollenbeck, and D. R. Ilgen, “Team Learning: Collectively Connecting the Dots.” C. O. L. H. Porter, J. R. Hollenbeck, and D. R. Ilgen, “Backing up Behaviors in Teams: The Role of Personality and Legitimacy of Need,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 3 (2003): 391–403; and M. C. Schilpzand, D. M. Herold, and C. E. Shalley, “Members’ Openness to Experience and Teams’ Creative Performance,” Small Group Research 42, no. 1 (2011): 55–76.

  32. 32. B. H. Bradley, B. E. Postlewaite, and K. G. Brown, “Ready to Rumble: How Team Personality Composition and Task Conflict Interact to Improve Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 98, no. 2 (2013): 385–92.

  33. 33. E. Gonzalez-Mule, D. S. DeGeest, B. W. McCormick, J. Y. Seong, and K. G. Brown, “Can We Get Some Cooperation around Here? The Mediating Role of Group Norms on the Relationship between Team Personality and Individual Helping Behaviors,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 5 (2014): 988–99.

  34. 34. S. E. Humphrey, F. P. Morgeson, and M. J. Mannor, “Developing a Theory of the Strategic Core of Teams: A Role Composition Model of Team Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 1 (2009): 48–61.

  35. 35. Ibid.

  36. 36. A. Joshi, “The Influence of Organizational Demography on the External Networking Behavior of Teams,” Academy of Management Review 31, no. 3 (2006): 583–95.

  37. 37. A. Joshi and H. Roh, “The Role of Context in Work Team Diversity Research: A Meta-Analytic Review,” Academy of Management Journal 52, no. 3 (2009): 599–627; S. K. Horwitz and I. B. Horwitz, “The Effects of Team Diversity on Team Outcomes: A Meta-Analytic Review of Team Demography,” Journal of Management 33, no. 6 (2007): 987–1015; and S. T. Bell, A. J. Villado, M. A. Lukasik, L. Belau, and A. L. Briggs, “Getting Specific about Demographic Diversity Variable and Team Performance Relationships: A Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Management 37, no. 3 (2011): 709–43.

  38. 38. S. Mohammed and L. C. Angell, “Surface- and Deep-Level Diversity in Workgroups: Examining the Moderating Effects of Team Orientation and Team Process on Relationship Conflict,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 25, no. 8 (2004): 1015–39.

  39. 39. Y. F. Guillaume, D. van Knippenberg, and F. C. Brodebeck, “Nothing Succeeds Like Moderation: A Social Self-Regulation Perspective on Cultural Dissimilarity and Performance,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 5 (2014): 1284–308.

  40. 40. D. Coutu, “Why Teams Don’t Work,” Harvard Business Review, May 2009, 99–105. The evidence in this section is described in L. L. Thompson, Making the Team, 5th ed. (New York, NY: Pearson, 2013), 65–67. See also R. C. Liden, S. J. Wayne, and R. A. Jaworski, “Social Loafing: A Field Investigation,” Journal of Management 30, no. 2 (2004): 285–304.

  41. 41. R. Karlgaard, “Think (Really!) Small,” Forbes, April 13, 2015, 32.

  42. 42. Ibid.

  43. 43. Ibid.

  44. 44. “Is Your Team Too Big? Too Small? What’s the Right Number? , June 14, 2006, http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article/is-your-team-too-big-too-small-whats-the-right-number-2/; see also A. M. Carton and J. N. Cummings, “A Theory of Subgroups in Work Teams,” Academy of Management Review 37, no. 3 (2012): 441–70.

  45. 45. S. A. Kiffin-Peterson and J. L. Cordery, “Trust, Individualism, and Job Characteristics of Employee Preference for Teamwork,” International Journal of Human Resource Management 14, no. 1 (2003): 93–116.

  46. 46. J. A. LePine, R. F. Piccolo, C. L. Jackson, J. E. Mathieu, and J. R. Saul, “A Meta-Analysis of Teamwork Processes: Tests of a Multidimensional Model and Relationships with Team Effectiveness Criteria,” Personnel Psychology 61, no. 2 (2008): 273–307.

  47. 47. J. F. Dovidio, “Bridging Intragroup Processes and Intergroup Relations: Needing the Twain to Meet,” British Journal of Social Psychology 52, no. 1 (2013): 1–24; and J. Zhou, J. Dovidio, and E. Wang, “How Affectively-Based and Cognitively-Based Attitudes Drive Intergroup Behaviours: The Moderating Role of Affective-Cognitive Consistency,” Plos One 8, no. 11 (2013): article e82150.

  48. 48. J. A. LePine, R. F. Piccolo, C. L. Jackson, J. E. Mathieu, and J. R. Saul, “A Meta-Analysis of Teamwork Processes: Tests of a Multidimensional Model and Relationships with Team Effectiveness Criteria;” and J. E. Mathieu and T. L. Rapp, “Laying the Foundation for Successful Team Performance Trajectories: The Roles of Team Charters and Performance Strategies,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 1 (2009): 90–103.

  49. 49. A. Gurtner, F. Tschan, N. K. Semmer, and C. Nagele, “Getting Groups to Develop Good Strategies: Effects of Reflexivity Interventions on Team Process, Team Performance, and Shared Mental Models,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 102, no. 2 (2007): 127–42; M. C. Schippers, D. N. Den Hartog, and P. L. Koopman, “Reflexivity in Teams: A Measure and Correlates,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 56, no. 2 (2007): 189–211; and C. S. Burke, K. C. Stagl, E. Salas, L. Pierce, and D. Kendall, “Understanding Team Adaptation: A Conceptual Analysis and Model,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 6 (2006): 1189–207.

  50. 50. A. N. Pieterse, D. van Knippenberg, and W. P. van Ginkel, “Diversity in Goal Orientation, Team Reflexivity, and Team Performance,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 114, no. 2 (2011): 153–64.

  51. 51. See R. P. DeShon, S. W. J. Kozlowski, A. M. Schmidt, K. R. Milner, and D. Wiechmann, “A Multiple-Goal, Multilevel Model of Feedback Effects on the Regulation of Individual and Team Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 6 (2004): 1035–56.

  52. 52. K. Tasa, S. Taggar, and G. H. Seijts, “The Development of Collective Efficacy in Teams: A Multilevel and Longitudinal Perspective,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 1 (2007): 17–27; D. I. Jung and J. J. Sosik, “Group Potency and Collective Efficacy: Examining Their Predictive Validity, Level of Analysis, and Effects of Performance Feedback on Future Group Performance,” Group & Organization Management 28, no. 3 (2003): 366–91; and R. R. Hirschfeld and J. B. Bernerth, “Mental Efficacy and Physical Efficacy at the Team Level: Inputs and Outcomes among Newly Formed Action Teams,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 6 (2008): 1429–37.

  53. 53. A. W. Richter, G. Hirst, D. van Knippenberg, and M. Baer, “Creative Self-Efficacy and Individual Creativity in Team Contexts: Cross-Level Interactions with Team Informational Resources,” Journal of Applied Psychology 97, no. 6 (2012): 1282–90.

  54. 54. N. Ellemers, E. Sleebos, D. Stam, and D. de Gilder, “Feeling Included and Valued: How Perceived Respect Affects Positive Team Identity and Willingness to Invest in the Team,” British Journal of Management 24, no. 1 (2013): 21–37.

  55. 55. T. A. De Vries, F. Walter, G. S. Van derr Vegt, and P. J. M. D. Essens, “Antecedents of Individuals’ Interteam Coordination: Broad Functional Experiences as a Mixed Blessing,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 5 (2014): 1334–59.

  56. 56. S. Chang, L. Jia, R. Takeuchi, and Y. Cai, “Do High-Commitment Work Systems Affect Creativity? A Multilevel Combinational Approach to Employee Creativity,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 4 (2014): 665–80.

  57. 57. S. Mohammed, L. Ferzandi, and K. Hamilton, “Metaphor No More: A 15-Year Review of the Team Mental Model Construct,” Journal of Management 36, no. 4 (2010): 876–910.

  58. 58. A. P. J. Ellis, “System Breakdown: The Role of Mental Models and Transactive Memory on the Relationships between Acute Stress and Team Performance,” Academy of Management Journal 49, no. 3 (2006): 576–89.

  59. 59. L. A. DeChurch and J. R. Mesmer-Magnus, “The Cognitive Underpinnings of Effective Teamwork: A Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 1 (2010): 32–53.

  60. 60. S. W. J. Kozlowski and D. R. Ilgen, “Enhancing the Effectiveness of Work Groups and Teams,” Psychological Science in the Public Interest 7, no. 3 (2006): 77–124; and B. D. Edwards, E. A. Day, W. Arthur Jr., and S. T. Bell, “Relationships among Team Ability Composition, Team Mental Models, and Team Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 3 (2006): 727–36.

  61. 61. M. Kolbe, G. Grote, M. J. Waller, J. Wacker, B. Grande, and D. R. Spahn, “Monitoring and Talking to the Room: Autochthonous Coordination Patterns in Team Interaction and Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 6 (2014): 1254–67.

  62. 62. J. Farh, C. Lee, and C. I. C. Farh, “Task Conflict and Team Creativity: A Question of How Much and When,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 6 (2010): 1173–80.

  63. 63. K. H. Price, D. A. Harrison, and J. H. Gavin, “Withholding Inputs in Team Contexts: Member Composition, Interaction Processes, Evaluation Structure, and Social Loafing,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 6 (2006): 1375–84.

  64. 64. G. Hertel, U. Konradt, and K. Voss, “Competencies for Virtual Teamwork: Development and Validation of a Web-Based Selection Tool for Members of Distributed Teams,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 15, no. 4 (2006): 477–504.

  65. 65. T. V. Riper, “The NBA’s Most Overpaid Players,” Forbes, April 5, 2013, http://www.forbes.com/sites/tomvanriper/2013/04/05/the-nbas-most-overpaid-players/.

  66. 66. E. Kearney, D. Gebert, and S. C. Voelpel, “When and How Diversity Benefits Teams: The Importance of Team Members’ Need for Cognition,” Academy of Management Journal 52, no. 3 (2009): 581–98.

  67. 67. H. M. Guttman, “The New High-Performance Player,” The Hollywood Reporter, October 27, 2008, www.hollywoodreporter.com.

  68. 68. C.-H. Chuang, S. Chen, and C.-W. Chuang, “Human Resource Management Practices and Organizational Social Capital: The Role of Industrial Characteristics,” Journal of Business Research 66, no. 5 (2013): 678–87.

  69. 69. T. Erickson and L. Gratton, “What It Means to Work Here,” BusinessWeek, January 10, 2008, www.businessweek.com.

  70. 70. M. D. Johnson, J. R. Hollenbeck, S. E. Humphrey, D. R. Ilgen, D. Jundt, and C. J. Meyer, “Cutthroat Cooperation: Asymmetrical Adaptation to Changes in Team Reward Structures,” Academy of Management Journal 49, no. 1 (2006): 103–19.

  71. 71. C. E. Naquin and R. O. Tynan, “The Team Halo Effect: Why Teams Are Not Blamed for Their Failures,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 2 (2003): 332–40.

  72. 72. E. R. Crawford and J. A. Lepine, “A Configural Theory of Team Processes: Accounting for the Structure of Taskwork and Teamwork,” Academy of Management Review 38, no. 1 (2013): 32–48.

Chapter 11

  1. 1. R. Wijn and K. Van den Bos, “On the Social-Communicative Function of Justice: The Influence of Communication Goals and Personal Involvement on the Use of Justice Assertions,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin 36, no. 2 (2010): 161–72.

  2. 2. R. Swarns, “After Uneasy First Tries, Coworkers Find a Way to Talk about Race,” The New York Times, March 23, 2015, A15.

  3. 3. D. C. Barnlund, “A Transactional Model of Communication,” in Communication Theory, ed. C. D. Mortenson (New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction, 2008), 47–57; and see K. Byron, “Carrying Too Heavy a Load? The Communication and Miscommunication of Emotion by E-mail,” Academy of Management Review 33, no. 2 (2008): 309–27.

  4. 4. A. Tenhiaelae and F. Salvador, “Looking inside Glitch Mitigation Capability: The Effect of Intraorganizational Communication Channels,” Decision Sciences 45, no. 3 (2014): 437–66.

  5. 5. S. Jhun, Z.-T. Bae, and S.-Y. Rhee, “Performance Change of Managers in Two Different Uses of Upward Feedback: A Longitudinal Study in Korea,” International Journal of Human Resource Management 23, no. 20 (2012): 4246–64; B. Oc, M. R. Bashshur, and C. Moore, “Speaking Truth to Power: The Effect of Candid Feedback on How Individuals with Power Allocate Resources,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 2 (2015): 450–63; and J. W. Smither and A. G. Walker, “Are the Characteristics of Narrative Comments Related to Improvement in Multirater Feedback Ratings over Time?” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 3 (2004): 575–81.

  6. 6. J. S. Lublin, “Managers Need to Make Time for Face Time,” The Wall Street Journal, March 18, 2015, B6.

  7. 7. E. Nichols, “Hyper-Speed Managers,” HR Magazine, April 2007, 107–10.

  8. 8. R. Walker, “Declining an Assignment, with Finesse,” The New York Times, August 24, 2014, 8.

  9. 9. See, for example, G. Michelson, A. van Iterson, and K. Waddington, “Gossip in Organizations: Contexts, Consequences, and Controversies,” Group & Organization Management 35, no. 4 (2010): 371–90.

  10. 10. G. Van Hoye and F. Lievens, “Tapping the Grapevine: A Closer Look at Word-of-Mouth as a Recruitment Source,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 2 (2009): 341–52.

  11. 11. J. K. Bosson, A. B. Johnson, K. Niederhoffer, and W. B. Swann Jr., “Interpersonal Chemistry through Negativity: Bonding by Sharing Negative Attitudes about Others,” Personal Relationships 13, no. 2 (2006): 135–50.

  12. 12. T. J. Grosser, V. Lopez-Kidwell, and G. Labianca, “A Social Network Analysis of Positive and Negative Gossip in Organizational Life,” Group & Organization Management 35, no. 2 (2010): 177–212.

  13. 13. R. Feintzeig, “The Boss’s Next Demand: Make Lots of Friends,” The Wall Street Journal, February 12, 2014, B1, B6.

  14. 14. R. E. Silverman, “A Victory for Small Office Talkers,” The Wall Street Journal, October 28, 2014, D2.

  15. 15. L. Dulye, “Get Out of Your Office,” HR Magazine, July 2006, 99–101.

  16. 16. E. Bernstein, “How Well Are You Listening?” The Wall Street Journal, January 13, 2015, D1.

  17. 17. E. Bernstein, “How ‘Active Listening’ Makes Both Participants in a Conversation Feel Better,” The Wall Street Journal, January 12, 2015, http://www.wsj.com/articles/how-active-listening-makes-both-sides-of-a-conversation-feel-better-1421082684.

  18. 18. S. Shellenbarger, “Work & Family Mailbox,” The Wall Street Journal, July 30, 2014, D2.

  19. 19. E. C. Ravlin, A.-K. Ward, and D. C. Thomas, “Exchanging Social Information across Cultural Boundaries,” Journal of Management 40, no. 5 (2014): 1437–65.

  20. 20. V. N. Giri, “Nonverbal Communication Theories,” in Encyclopedia of Communication Theory, eds. S. W. Littlejohn and K. A. Foss (Washington, DC: Sage, 2009).

  21. 21. C. K. Goman, “5 Body Language Tips to Increase Your Curb Appeal,” Forbes, March 4, 2013, www.forbes.com/sites/carolkinseygoman/2013/03/14/5-body-language-tips-to-increase-your-curb-appeal/.

  22. 22. See N. Kock, “The Psychobiological Model: Towards a New Theory of Computer-Mediated Communication Based on Darwinian Evolution,” Organization Science 15, no. 3 (2004): 327–48; and C. E. Timmerman and S. N. Madhavapeddi, “Perceptions of Organizational Media Richness: Channel Expansion Effects for Electronic and Traditional Media across Richness Dimensions,” IEEE Transactions on Professional Communication 51, no. 1 (2008): 18–32.

  23. 23. R. L. Daft and R. A. Noe, Organizational Behavior (Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt, 2001), 311.

  24. 24. S. Shellenbarger, “Is This How You Really Talk?” The Wall Street Journal, April 24, 2013, D1, D3.

  25. 25. B. Giamanco and K. Gregoire, “Tweet Me, Friend Me, Make Me Buy,” Harvard Business Review, July–August 2012, 88–93.

  26. 26. “At Many Companies, Hunt for Leakers Expands Arsenal of Monitoring Tactics,” The Wall Street Journal, September 11, 2006, B1, B3; and B. J. Alge, G. A. Ballinger, S. Tangirala, and J. L. Oakley, “Information Privacy in Organizations: Empowering Creative and Extrarole Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 1 (2006): 221–32.

  27. 27. R. E. Petty and P. Briñol, “Persuasion: From Single to Multiple to Metacognitive Processes,” Perspectives on Psychological Science 3, no. 2 (2008): 137–47; F. A. White, M. A. Charles, and J. K. Nelson, “The Role of Persuasive Arguments in Changing Affirmative Action Attitudes and Expressed Behavior in Higher Education,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 6 (2008): 1271–86.

  28. 28. K. L. Blankenship and D. T. Wegener, “Opening the Mind to Close It: Considering a Message in Light of Important Values Increases Message Processing and Later Resistance to Change,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 94, no. 2 (2008): 196–213.

  29. 29. See, for example, Y. H. M. See, R. E. Petty, and L. R. Fabrigar, “Affective and Cognitive Meta-Bases of Attitudes: Unique Effects of Information Interest and Persuasion,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 94, no. 6 (2008): 938–55; M. S. Key, J. E. Edlund, B. J. Sagarin, and G. Y. Bizer, “Individual Differences in Susceptibility to Mindlessness,” Personality and Individual Differences 46, no. 3 (2009): 261–64; and M. Reinhard and M. Messner, “The Effects of Source Likeability and Need for Cognition on Advertising Effectiveness under Explicit Persuasion,” Journal of Consumer Behavior 8, no. 4 (2009): 179–91.

  30. 30. M. Richtel, “Lost in E-Mail, Tech Firms Face Self-Made Beast,” The New York Times, June 14, 2008, http://www.nytimes.com/2008/06/14/technology/14email.html.

  31. 31. S. Norton, “A Post-PC CEO: No Desk, No Desktop,” The Wall Street Journal, November 20, 2014, B5.

  32. 32. P. Briñol, R. E. Petty, and J. Barden, “Happiness versus Sadness as a Determinant of Thought Confidence in Persuasion: A Self-Validation Analysis,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 93, no. 5 (2007): 711–27.

  33. 33. R. C. Sinclair, S. E. Moore, M. M. Mark, A. S. Soldat, and C. A. Lavis, “Incidental Moods, Source Likeability, and Persuasion: Liking Motivates Message Elaboration in Happy People,” Cognition and Emotion 24, no. 6 (2010): 940–61; and V. Griskevicius, M. N. Shiota, and S. L. Neufeld, “Influence of Different Positive Emotions on Persuasion Processing: A Functional Evolutionary Approach,” Emotion 10, no. 2 (2010): 190–206.

  34. 34. J. Sandberg, “The Jargon Jumble: Kids Have ‘Skeds,’ Colleagues, ‘Needs,’” The Wall Street Journal, October 24, 2006, http://online.wsj.com/article/SB116165746415401680.html.

  35. 35. Ibid.

  36. 36. B. E. Ashforth and V. Anand, “The Normalization of Corruption in Organizations,” Research in Organizational Behavior 25 (2003): 1–52; and E. Liu and M. E. Roloff, “Exhausting Silence: Emotional Costs of Withholding Complaints,” Negotiation and Conflict Management Research 8, no. 1 (2015): 25–40.

  37. 37. F. J. Milliken, E. W. Morrison, and P. F. Hewlin, “An Exploratory Study of Employee Silence: Issues That Employees Don’t Communicate Upward and Why,” Journal of Management Studies 40, no. 6 (2003): 1453–76.

  38. 38. L. A. Withers and L. L. Vernon, “To Err Is Human: Embarrassment, Attachment, and Communication Apprehension,” Personality and Individual Differences 40, no. 1 (2006): 99–110.

  39. 39. See, for instance, B. D. Blume, T. T. Baldwin, and K. C. Ryan, “Communication Apprehension: A Barrier to Students’ Leadership, Adaptability, and Multicultural Appreciation,” Academy of Management Learning & Education 12, no. 2 (2013): 158–72; B. D. Blume, G. F. Dreher, and T. T. Baldwin, “Examining the Effects of Communication Apprehension within Assessment Centres,” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 83, no. 3 (2010): 663–71; and X. Shi, T. M. Brinthaupt, and M. McCree, “The Relationship of Self-Talk Frequency to Communication Apprehension and Public Speaking Anxiety,” Personality and Individual Differences 75 (2015): 125–9.

  40. 40. See, for example, T. L. Rodebaugh, “I Might Look OK, But I’m Still Doubtful, Anxious, and Avoidant: The Mixed Effects of Enhanced Video Feedback on Social Anxiety Symptoms,” Behaviour Research and Therapy 42, no. 12 (2004): 1435–51.

  41. 41. K. B. Serota, T. R. Levine, and F. J. Boster, “The Prevalence of Lying in America: Three Studies of Self-Reported Lies,” Human Communication Research 36, no. 1 (2010): 2–25.

  42. 42. C. E. Naguin, T. R. Kurtzberg, and L. Y. Belkin, “The Finer Points of Lying Online: E-Mail versus Pen and Paper,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 2 (2010): 387–94.

  43. 43. See W. L. Adair, “Integrative Sequences and Negotiation Outcome in Same- and Mixed-Culture Negotiations,” International Journal of Conflict Management 14, nos. 3–4 (2003): 1359–92; W. L. Adair and J. M. Brett, “The Negotiation Dance: Time, Culture, and Behavioral Sequences in Negotiation,” Organization Science 16, no. 1 (2005): 33–51; E. Giebels and P. J. Taylor, “Interaction Patterns in Crisis Negotiations: Persuasive Arguments and Cultural Differences,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 1 (2009): 5–19; and M. G. Kittler, D. Rygl, and A. Mackinnon, “Beyond Culture or Beyond Control? Reviewing the Use of Hall’s High-/Low-Context Concept,” International Journal of Cross-Cultural Management 11, no. 1 (2011): 63–82.

  44. 44. M. C. Hopson, T. Hart, and G. C. Bell, “Meeting in the Middle: Fred L. Casmir’s Contributions to the Field of Intercultural Communication,” International Journal of Intercultural Relations 36, no. 6 (2012): 789–97.

Chapter 12

  1. 1. N. Ensari, R. E. Riggio, J. Christian, and G. Carslaw, “Who Emerges as a Leader? Meta-Analyses of Individual Differences as Predictors of Leadership Emergence,” Personality and Individual Differences 51, no. 4 (2011): 532–36.

  2. 2. See M. H. Do and A. Minbashian, “A Meta-Analytic Examination of the Agentic and Affiliative Aspects of Extraversion on Leadership Outcomes,” Leadership Quarterly 25, no. 5 (2014): 1040–53.

  3. 3. D. R. Ames and F. J. Flynn, “What Breaks a Leader: The Curvilinear Relation between Assertiveness and Leadership,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 92, no. 2 (2007): 307–24.

  4. 4. A. E. Colbert, M. R. Barrick, and B. H. Bradley, “Personality and Leadership Composition in Top Management Teams: Implications for Organizational Effectiveness,” Personnel Psychology 67, no. 2 (2014): 351–87.

  5. 5. K.-Y. Ng, S. Ang, and K. Chan, “Personality and Leader Effectiveness: A Moderated Mediation Model of Leadership Self-Efficacy, Job Demands, and Job Autonomy,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 4 (2008): 733–43.

  6. 6. R. B. Kaiser, J. M. LeBreton, and J. Hogan, “The Dark Side of Personality and Extreme Leader Behavior,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 64, no. 1 (2015): 55–92.

  7. 7. B. H. Gaddis and J. L. Foster, “Meta-Analysis of Dark Side Personality Characteristics and Critical Work Behaviors among Leaders across the Globe: Findings and Implications for Leadership Development and Executive Coaching,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 64, no. 1 (2015): 25–54.

  8. 8. R. H. Humphrey, J. M. Pollack, and T. H. Hawver, “Leading with Emotional Labor,” Journal of Managerial Psychology 23, no. 2 (2008): 151–68.

  9. 9. F. Walter, M. S. Cole, and R. H. Humphrey, “Emotional Intelligence: Sine Qua Non of Leadership or Folderol?” Academy of Management Perspectives 25, no. 1 (2011): 45–59.

  10. 10. S. Côté, P. N. Lopes, P. Salovey, and C. T. H. Miners, “Emotional Intelligence and Leadership Emergence in Small Groups,” Leadership Quarterly 21, no. 3 (2010): 496–508.

  11. 11. This research is updated in T. A. Judge, R. F. Piccolo, and R. Ilies, “The Forgotten Ones? The Validity of Consideration and Initiating Structure in Leadership Research,” Journal of Applied Psychology, 89 no. 1 (2004): 36–51.

  12. 12. D. Akst, “The Rewards of Recognizing a Job Well Done,” The Wall Street Journal, January 31, 2007, D9.

  13. 13. M. Javidan, P. W. Dorfman, M. S. de Luque, and R. J. House, “In the Eye of the Beholder: Cross Cultural Lessons in Leadership from Project GLOBE,” Academy of Management Perspectives 20, no. 1 (2006): 67–90.

  14. 14. For a more current discussion on the model, see S. Altmaee, K. Tuerk, and O.-S. Toomet, “Thomas-Kilmann’s Conflict Management Modes and Their Relationship to Fiedler’s Leadership Styles (Basing on Estonian Organizations),” Baltic Journal of Management 8, no. 1 (2013): 45–65.

  15. 15. See, for instance, G. Thompson and R. P. Vecchio, “Situational Leadership Theory: A Test of Three Versions,” Leadership Quarterly 20, no. 5 (2009): 837–48; and R. P. Vecchio, C. R. Bullis, and D. M. Brazil, “The Utility of Situational Leadership Theory—A Replication in a Military Setting,” Small Group Research 37, no. 5 (2006): 407–24.

  16. 16. R. Fehr, K. C. Yam, and C. Dang, “Moralized Leadership: The Construction and Consequences of Ethical Leader Perceptions,” Academy of Management Review 40, no. 2 (2015): 182–209; and M. Hernandez, C. P. Long, and S. B. Sitkin, “Cultivating Follower Trust: Are All Leader Behaviors Equally Influential?” Organization Studies 35, no. 12 (2014): 1867–92.

  17. 17. S. J. Perry, L. A. Witt, L. M. Penney, and L. Atwater, “The Downside of Goal-Focused Leadership: The Role of Personality in Subordinate Exhaustion,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 6 (2010): 1145–53.

  18. 18. R. R. Vecchio, J. E. Justin, and C. L. Pearce, “The Utility of Transactional and Transformational Leadership for Predicting Performance and Satisfaction within a Path-Goal Theory Framework,” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 81 (2008): 71–82.

  19. 19. V. H. Vroom and A. G. Jago, “The Role of the Situation in Leadership,” American Psychologist 62, no. 1 (2007): 17–24.

  20. 20. W. Bennis, “The Challenges of Leadership in the Modern World,” American Psychologist 62, no. 1 (2007): 2–5.

  21. 21. X. Zhou and C. A. Schriesheim, “Supervisor–Subordinate Convergence in Descriptions of Leader–Member Exchange (LMX) Quality: Review and Testable Propositions,” Leadership Quarterly 20, no. 6 (2009): 920–32.

  22. 22. B. Erdogan and T. N. Bauer, “Differentiated Leader–Member Exchanges: The Buffering Role of Justice Climate,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 6 (2010): 1104–20; and X. Zhou and C. A. Schrisheim, “Quantitative and Qualitative Examination of Propositions Concerning Supervisor–Subordinate Convergence in Descriptions of Leader–Member Exchange (LMX) Quality,” Leadership Quarterly 21, no. 5 (2010): 826–43.

  23. 23. M. Uhl-Bien, “Relationship Development as a Key Ingredient for Leadership Development,” in Future of Leadership Development, eds. S. E. Murphy and R. E. Riggio (Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 2003), 129–47.

  24. 24. R. Vecchio and D. M. Brazil, “Leadership and Sex-Similarity: A Comparison in a Military Setting,” Personnel Psychology 60, no. 2 (2007): 303–35.

  25. 25. See, for instance, R. Ilies, J. D. Nahrgang, and F. P. Morgeson, “Leader–Member Exchange and Citizenship Behaviors: A Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 1 (2007): 269–77; and Z. Chen, W. Lam, and J. A. Zhong, “Leader–Member Exchange and Member Performance: A New Look at Individual-Level Negative Feedback-Seeking Behavior and Team-Level Empowerment Culture,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 1 (2007): 202–12.

  26. 26. R. Eisenberger et al. “Leader-Member Exchange and Affective Organizational Commitment: The Contribution of Supervisor’s Organizational Embodiment,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 6 (2010): 1085–103.

  27. 27. J. Bagger and A. Li, “How Does Supervisory Family Support Influence Employees’ Attitudes and Behaviors? A Social Exchange Perspective,” Journal of Management 40, no. 4 (2014): 1123–50.

  28. 28. B. Erdogan and T. N. Bauer, “Differentiated Leader–Member Exchanges: The Buffering Role of Justice Climate,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 6 (2010): 1104–20.

  29. 29. D. Liu, M. Hernandez, and L. Wang, “The Role of Leadership and Trust in Creating Structural Patterns of Team Procedural Justice: A Social Network Investigation,” Personnel Psychology 67, no. 4 (2014): 801–45.

  30. 30. A. N. Li and H. Liao, “How Do Leader–Member Exchange Quality and Differentiation Affect Performance in Teams? An Integrated Multilevel Dual Process Model,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 5 (2014): 847–66.

  31. 31. J. Hu and R. C. Liden, “Relative Leader-Member Exchange within Team Contexts: How and When Social Comparison Impacts Individual Effectiveness,” Personnel Psychology 66, no. 1 (2013): 127–72.

  32. 32. M. Weber, The Theory of Social and Economic Organization, trans A. M. Henderson and T. Parsons (Eastford, CT: Martino Fine Books, 2012).

  33. 33. V. Seyranian and M. C. Bligh, “Presidential Charismatic Leadership: Exploring the Rhetoric of Social Change,” Leadership Quarterly 19, no. 1 (2008): 54–76.

  34. 34. Ibid.

  35. 35. A. Xenikou, “The Cognitive and Affective Components of Organisational Identification: The Role of Perceived Support Values and Charismatic Leadership,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 63, no. 4 (2014): 567–88.

  36. 36. P. A. Vlachos, N. G. Panagopoulos, and A. A. Rapp, “Feeling Good by Doing Good: Employee CSR-Induced Attributions, Job Satisfaction, and the Role of Charismatic Leadership,” Journal of Business Ethics 118, no. 3 (2013): 577–88.

  37. 37. A. Deinert, A. C. Homan, D. Boer, S. C. Voelpel, and D. Gutermann, “Transformational Leadership Sub-Dimensions and Their Link to Leaders’ Personality and Performance,” Leadership Quarterly 26, no. 6 (2015): 1095–1120; and R. E. de Vries, “Personality Predictors of Leadership Styles and the Self-Other Agreement Problem,” Leadership Quarterly 23, no. 5 (2012): 809–21.

  38. 38. P. Balkundi, M. Kilduff, and D. A. Harrison, “Centrality and Charisma: Comparing How Leader Networks and Attributions Affect Team Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 96, no. 6 (2012): 1209–22.

  39. 39. A. Erez, V. F. Misangyi, D. E. Johnson, M. A. LePine, and K. C. Halverson, “Stirring the Hearts of Followers: Charismatic Leadership as the Transferal of Affect,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 3 (2008): 602–15. On the role of vision in leadership, see M. Hauser and R. J. House, “Lead through Vision and Values,” in Handbook of Principles of Organizational Behavior, ed. E. A. Locke (Malden, MA: Blackwell, 2004), 257–73.

  40. 40. D. N. Den Hartog, A. H. B. De Hoogh, and A. E. Keegan, “The Interactive Effects of Belongingness and Charisma on Helping and Compliance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 4 (2007): 1131–39.

  41. 41. J. C. Pastor, M. Mayo, and B. Shamir, “Adding Fuel to Fire: The Impact of Followers’ Arousal on Ratings of Charisma,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 6 (2007): 1584–96.

  42. 42. F. Cohen, S. Solomon, M. Maxfield, T. Pyszczynski, and J. Greenberg, “Fatal Attraction: The Effects of Mortality Salience on Evaluations of Charismatic, Task-Oriented, and Relationship-Oriented Leaders,” Psychological Science 15, no. 12 (2004), 846–51; and J. Griffith, S. Connelly, C. Thiel, and G. Johnson, “How Outstanding Leaders Lead with Affect: An Examination of Charismatic, Ideological, and Pragmatic Leaders,” Leadership Quarterly 26, no. 4 (2015): 502–17.

  43. 43. See, for instance, J. A. Raelin, “The Myth of Charismatic Leaders,” Training and Development Journal, March 2003, 47–54; and P. A. Vlachos, N. G. Panagopoulos, and A. A. Rapp, “Feeling Good by Doing Good: Employee CSR-Induced Attributions, Job Satisfaction, and the Role of Charismatic Leadership,” Journal of Business Ethics 118, no. 3 (2013): 577–88.

  44. 44. B. M. Galvin, D. A. Waldman, and P. Balthazard, “Visionary Communication Qualities as Mediators of the Relationship between Narcissism and Attributions of Leader Charisma,” Personnel Psychology 63, no. 3 (2010): 509–37.

  45. 45. See, for instance, D. Deichmann and D. Stam, “Leveraging Transformational and Transactional Leadership to Cultivate the Generation of Organization-Focused Ideas,” Leadership Quarterly 26, no. 2 (2015): 204–19; H.-J. Wolfram and L. Gratton, “Gender Role Self-Concept, Categorical Gender, and Transactional-Transformational Leadership: Implications for Perceived Workgroup Performance,” Journal of Leadership & Organizational Studies 21, no. 4 (2014): 338–53; and T. A. Judge and R. F. Piccolo, “Transformational and Transactional Leadership: A Meta-Analytic Test of Their Relative Validity,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 5 (2004): 755–68.

  46. 46. A. E. Colbert, M. R. Barrick, and B. H. Bradley, “Personality and Leadership Composition in Top Management Teams: Implications for Organizational Effectiveness,” Personnel Psychology 67, no. 2 (2014): 351–87.

  47. 47. A. M. Grant, “Leading with Meaning: Beneficiary Contact, Prosocial Impact, and the Performance Effects of Transformational Leadership,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 2 (2012): 458–76.

  48. 48. D. Deichmann and D. Stam, “Leveraging Transformational and Transactional Leadership to Cultivate the Generation of Organization-Focused Ideas;” and H.-J. Wolfram and L. Gratton, “Gender Role Self-Concept, Categorical Gender, and Transactional-Transformational Leadership: Implications for Perceived Workgroup Performance.”

  49. 49. T. R. Hinkin and C. A. Schriescheim, “An Examination of ‘Nonleadership’: From Laissez-Faire Leadership to Leader Reward Omission and Punishment Omission,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 6 (2008): 1234–48.

  50. 50. Y. Ling, Z. Simsek, M. H. Lubatkin, and J. F. Veiga, “Transformational Leadership’s Role in Promoting Corporate Entrepreneurship: Examining the CEO-TMT Interface,” Academy of Management Journal 51, no. 3 (2008): 557–76.

  51. 51. X. Zhang and K. M. Bartol, “Linking Empowering Leadership and Employee Creativity: The Influence of Psychological Empowerment, Intrinsic Motivation, and Creative Process Engagement,” Academy of Management Journal 53, no. 1 (2010): 107–28.

  52. 52. S. A. Eisenbeib and S. Boerner, “A Double-Edged Sword: Transformational Leadership and Individual Creativity,” British Journal of Management 24, no. 1 (2013): 54–68.

  53. 53. A. E. Colbert, A. E. Kristof-Brown, B. H. Bradley, and M. R. Barrick, “CEO Transformational Leadership: The Role of Goal Importance Congruence in Top Management Teams,” Academy of Management Journal 51, no. 1 (2008): 81–96.

  54. 54. D. Zohar and O. Tenne-Gazit, “Transformational Leadership and Group Interaction as Climate Antecedents: A Social Network Analysis,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 4 (2008): 744–57.

  55. 55. R. T. Keller, “Transformational Leadership, Initiating Structure, and Substitutes for Leadership: A Longitudinal Study of Research and Development Project Team Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 1 (2006): 202–10.

  56. 56. G. Wang, I. Oh, S. H. Courtright, and A. E. Colbert, “Transformational Leadership and Performance across Criteria and Levels: A Meta-Analytic Review of 25 Years of Research,” Group & Organization Management 36, no. 2 (2011): 223–70.

  57. 57. Y. Ling, Z. Simsek, M. H. Lubatkin, and J. F. Veiga, “The Impact of Transformational CEOs on the Performance of Small- to Medium-Sized Firms: Does Organizational Context Matter?” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 4 (2008): 923–34.

  58. 58. X. Wang and J. M. Howell, “Exploring the Dual-Level Effects of Transformational Leadership on Followers,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 6 (2010): 1134–44.

  59. 59. N. Li, D. S. Chiaburu, B. L. Kirkman, and Z. Xie, “Spotlight on the Followers: An Examination of Moderators of Relationships between Transformational Leadership and Subordinates’ Citizenship and Taking Charge,” Personnel Psychology 66, no. 1 (2013): 225–60.

  60. 60. M. Birasnav, “Knowledge Management and Organizational Performance in the Service Industry: The Role of Transformational Leadership beyond the Effects of Transactional Leadership,” Journal of Business Research 67, no. 8 (2014): 1622–29; H. Hetland, G. M. Sandal, and T. B. Johnsen, “Burnout in the Information Technology Sector: Does Leadership Matter?” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 16, no. 1 (2007): 58–75; and A. K. Tyssen, A. Wald, and S. Heidenreich, “Leadership in the Context of Temporary Organizations: A Study on the Effects of Transactional and Transformational Leadership on Followers’ Commitment in Projects,” Journal of Leadership & Organizational Studies 21, no. 4 (2014): 376–93.

  61. 61. B. P. Owens and D. R. Hekman, “Modeling How to Grow: An Inductive Examination of Humble Leader Behaviors, Contingencies, and Outcomes,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 4 (2012): 787–818.

  62. 62. K. M. Hmieleski, M. S. Cole, and R. A. Baron, “Shared Authentic Leadership and New Venture Performance,” Journal of Management 38, no. 5 (2012), 1476–99.

  63. 63. R. Ilies, F. P. Morgeson, and J. D. Nahrgang, “Authentic Leadership and Eudaemonic Well-Being: Understanding Leader-Follower Outcomes,” Leadership Quarterly 16, no. 3 (2005): 373–94; B. Levin, “Raj Rajaratnam Did Not Appreciate Rajat Gupta’s Attempt to Leave the Goldman Board, Join ‘The Billionaire Circle,’” NetNet with John Carney, March 14, 2011, accessed July 26, 2011, from www.cnbc.com/.

  64. 64. J. Stouten, M. van Dijke, and D. De Cremer, “Ethical Leadership: An Overview and Future Perspectives,” Journal of Personnel Psychology 11, no. 1 (2012): 1–6.

  65. 65. J. M. Schaubroeck et al. “Embedding Ethical Leadership within and across Organization Levels,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 5 (2012): 1053–78.

  66. 66. K. M. Kacmar, D. G. Bachrach, K. J. Harris, and S. Zivnuska, “Fostering Good Citizenship through Ethical Leadership: Exploring the Moderating Role of Gender and Organizational Politics,” Journal of Applied Psychology, 96, no. 3 (2011): 633–42; and F. O. Walumbwa and J. Schaubroeck, “Leader Personality Traits and Employee Voice Behavior: Mediating Roles of Ethical Leadership and Work Group Psychological Safety,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 5 (2009): 1275–86.

  67. 67. D. M. Mayer, K. Aquino, R. L. Greenbaum, and M. Kuenzi, “Who Displays Ethical Leadership, and Why Does It Matter? An Examination of Antecedents and Consequences of Ethical Leadership,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 1 (2012): 151–71.

  68. 68. D. van Knippenberg, D. De Cremer, and B. van Knippenberg, “Leadership and Fairness: The State of the Art,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 16, no. 2 (2007): 113–40.

  69. 69. M. E. Brown and L. K. Treviño, “Socialized Charismatic Leadership, Values Congruence, and Deviance in Work Groups,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 4 (2006): 954–62.

  70. 70. M. E. Brown and L. K. Treviño, “Leader-Follower Values Congruence: Are Socialized Charismatic Leaders Better Able to Achieve It?” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 2 (2009): 478–90.

  71. 71. S. A. Eisenbeiaß and S. R. Giessner, “The Emergence and Maintenance of Ethical Leadership in Organizations,” Journal of Personnel Psychology 11, no. 1 (2012): 7–19.

  72. 72. D. van Dierendonck, “Servant Leadership: A Review and Synthesis,” Journal of Management 37, no. 4 (2011): 1228–61.

  73. 73. S. J. Peterson, F. M. Galvin, and D. Lange, “CEO Servant Leadership: Exploring Executive Characteristics and Firm Performance,” Personnel Psychology 65, no. 3 (2012): 565–96.

  74. 74. F. Walumbwa, C. A. Hartnell, and A. Oke, “Servant Leadership, Procedural Justice Climate, Service Climate, Employee Attitudes, and Organizational Citizenship Behavior: A Cross-Level Investigation,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 3 (2010): 517–29.

  75. 75. D. De Cremer, D. M. Mayer, M. van Dijke, B. C. Schouten, and M. Bardes, “When Does Self-Sacrificial Leadership Motivate Prosocial Behavior? It Depends on Followers’ Prevention Focus,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 4 (2009): 887–99.

  76. 76. J. Hu and R. C. Liden, “Antecedents of Team Potency and Team Effectiveness: An Examination of Goal and Process Clarity and Servant Leadership,” Journal of Applied Psychology, 96, no. 4 (2011): 851–62.

  77. 77. M. J. Neubert, K. M. Kacmar, D. S. Carlson, L. B. Chonko, and J. A. Roberts, “Regulatory Focus as a Mediator of the Influence of Initiating Structure and Servant Leadership on Employee Behavior,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 6 (2008): 1220–33.

  78. 78. R. C. Liden, S. J. Wayne, C. Liao, and J. D. Meuser, “Servant Leadership and Serving Culture: Influence on Individual and Unit Performance,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 5 (2014): 1434–52.

  79. 79. T. Menon, J. Sim, J. Ho-Ying Fu, C. Chiu, and Y. Hong, “Blazing the Trail versus Trailing the Group: Culture and Perceptions of the Leader’s Position,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 113, no. 1 (2010): 51–61.

  80. 80. J. A. Simpson, “Psychological Foundations of Trust,” Current Directions in Psychological Science 16, no. 5 (2007): 264–68.

  81. 81. F. D. Schoorman, R. C. Mayer, and J. H. Davis, “An Integrative Model of Organizational Trust: Past, Present, and Future,” Academy of Management Review 32, no. 2 (2007): 344–54.

  82. 82. J. Schaubroeck, S. S. K. Lam, and A. C. Peng, “Cognition-Based and Affect-Based Trust as Mediators of Leader Behavior Influences on Team Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology, 96, no. 4 (July 2011): 863–71.

  83. 83. See, for instance, K. Boies, J. Fiset, and H. Gill, “Communication and Trust Are Key: Unlocking the Relationship Between Leadership and Team Performance and Creativity,” Leadership Quarterly 26, no. 6 (2015): 1080–94; D. I. Jung and B. J. Avolio, “Opening the Black Box: An Experimental Investigation of the Mediating Effects of Trust and Value Congruence on Transformational and Transactional Leadership,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 21, no. 8 (2000), 949–64; and A. Zacharatos, J. Barling, and R. D. Iverson, “High-Performance Work Systems and Occupational Safety,” Journal of Applied Psychology 90, no. 1 (2005), 77–93.

  84. 84. J. R. Detert and E. R. Burris, “Leadership Behavior and Employee Voice: Is the Door Really Open?” Academy of Management Journal 50, no. 4 (2007): 869–84.

  85. 85. J. A. Colquitt, B. A. Scott, and J. A. LePine, “Trust, Trustworthiness, and Trust Propensity: A Meta-Analytic Test of Their Unique Relationships with Risk Taking and Job Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 4 (2007): 909–27.

  86. 86. J. A. Colquitt, B. A. Scott, and J. A. LePine, “Trust, Trustworthiness, and Trust Propensity: A Meta-Analytic Test of Their Unique Relationships with Risk Taking and Job Performance;” and F. D. Schoorman, R. C. Mayer, and J. H. Davis, “An Integrative Model of Organizational Trust: Past, Present, and Future.”

  87. 87. Cited in D. Jones, “Do You Trust Your CEO?” USA Today, February 12, 2003, 7B.

  88. 88. M. J. Ashleigh, M. Higgs, and V. Dulewicz, “A New Propensity to Trust Scale and Its Relationship with Individual Well-Being: Implications for HRM Policies and Practices,” Human Resource Management Journal 22, no. 4 2012, 360–76; R. C. Mayer and M. B. Gavin, “Trust in Management and Performance: Who Minds the Shop While the Employees Watch the Boss?” Academy of Management Journal 48, no. 5 (2005): 874–88; and C. F. Peralta and M. F. Saldanha, “Knowledge-Centered Culture and Knowledge Sharing: The Moderator Role of Trust Propensity,” Journal of Knowledge Management 18, no. 3 (2014): 538–50.

  89. 89. J. A. Simpson, “Foundations of Interpersonal Trust,” in Social Psychology: Handbook of Basic Principles, 2nd ed., eds. A. W. Kruglanski and E. T. Higgins (New York: Guilford, 2007), 587–607.

  90. 90. X.-P. Chen, M. B. Eberly, T.-J. Chiang, J.-L. Farh, and B.-Shiuan Cheng, “Affective Trust in Chinese Leaders: Linking Paternalistic Leadership to Employee Performance,” Journal of Management 40, no. 3 (2014): 796–819.

  91. 91. J. A. Simpson, “Foundations of Interpersonal Trust.”

  92. 92. B. Groysberg and M. Slind, “Leadership Is a Conversation,” Harvard Business Review, June 2012, 76–84.

  93. 93. H. Zhao, S. J. Wayne, B. C. Glibkowski, and J. Bravo, “The Impact of Psychological Contract Breach on Work-Related Outcomes: A Meta-Analysis,” Personnel Psychology 60, no. 3 (2007): 647–80.

  94. 94. D. L. Shapiro, A. D. Boss, S. Salas, S. Tangirala, and M. A. Von Glinow, “When Are Transgressing Leaders Punitively Judged? An Empirical Test,” Journal of Applied Psychology 96, no. 2 (2011): 412–22.

  95. 95. D. L. Ferrin, P. H. Kim, C. D. Cooper, and K. T. Dirks, “Silence Speaks Volumes: The Effectiveness of Reticence in Comparison to Apology and Denial for Responding to Integrity- and Competence-Based Trust Violations,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 4 (2007): 893–908.

  96. 96. M. E. Schweitzer, J. C. Hershey, and E. T. Bradlow, “Promises and Lies: Restoring Violated Trust,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 101, no. 1 (2006): 1–19.

  97. 97. See, for example, L. Eby, M. Buits, and A. Lockwood, “Protégés’ Negative Mentoring Experiences: Construct Development and Nomological Validation,” Personnel Psychology 57, no. 2 (2004): 411–47.

  98. 98. J. U. Chun, J. J. Sosik, and N. Y. Yun, “A Longitudinal Study of Mentor and Protégé Outcomes in Formal Mentoring Relationships,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 33, no. 8 (2012): 35–49.

  99. 99. See, for instance, B. Schyns, J. Felfe, and H. Blank, “Is Charisma Hyper-Romanticism? Empirical Evidence from New Data and a Meta-Analysis,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 56, no. 4 (2007): 505–27.

  100. 100. M. J. Martinko, P. Harvey, D. Sikora, and S. C. Douglas, “Perceptions of Abusive Supervision: The Role of Subordinates’ Attribution Styles,” Leadership Quarterly 22, no. 4 (2011): 751–64.

  101. 101. M. C. Bligh, J. C. Kohles, C. L. Pearce, J. E. Justin, and J. F. Stovall, “When the Romance Is Over: Follower Perspectives of Aversive Leadership,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 56, no. 4 (2007): 528–57.

  102. 102. B. R. Agle, N. J. Nagarajan, J. A. Sonnenfeld, and D. Srinivasan, “Does CEO Charisma Matter?” Academy of Management Journal 49, no. 1 (2006): 161–74.

  103. 103. M. C. Bligh, J. C. Kohles, C. L. Pearce, J. E. Justin, and J. F. Stovall, “When the Romance Is Over.”

  104. 104. B. Schyns, J. Felfe, and H. Blank, “Is Charisma Hyper-Romanticism?”

  105. 105. M. Van Vugt and B. R. Spisak, “Sex Differences in the Emergence of Leadership during Competitions within and between Groups,” Psychological Science 19, no. 9 (2008): 854–8.

  106. 106. R. E. Silverman, “Who’s the Boss? There Isn’t One,” The Wall Street Journal, June 20, 2012, B1, B8.

  107. 107. See, for instance, L. Pedraja-Rejas, “The Importance of Leadership in the Knowledge Economy,” Interciencia 40, no. 10 (2015): 654.

  108. 108. L. A. Hambley, T. A. O’Neill, and T. J. B. Kline, “Virtual Team Leadership: The Effects of Leadership Style and Communication Medium on Team Interaction Styles and Outcomes,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 103, no. 1 (2007): 1–20; and B. J. Avolio and S. S. Kahai, “Adding the ‘E’ to E-Leadership: How It May Impact Your Leadership,” Organizational Dynamics 31, no. 4 (2003): 325–38.

  109. 109. S. J. Zaccaro and P. Bader, “E-Leadership and the Challenges of Leading E-Teams: Minimizing the Bad and Maximizing the Good,” Organizational Dynamics 31, no. 4 (2003): 381–85.

  110. 110. C. E. Naquin and G. D. Paulson, “Online Bargaining and Interpersonal Trust,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 1 (2003), 113–20.

Chapter 13

  1. 1. B. Oc, M. R. Bashshur, and C. Moore, “Speaking Truth to Power: The Effect of Candid Feedback on How Individuals with Power Allocate Resources,” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 2 (2015): 450–63.

  2. 2. E. Landells and S. L. Albrecht, “Organizational Political Climate: Shared Perceptions about the Building and Use of Power Bases,” Human Resource Management Review 23, no. 4 (2013): 357–65; P. Rylander, “Coaches’ Bases of Power: Developing Some Initial Knowledge of Athletes’ Compliance with Coaches in Team Sports,” Journal of Applied Sport Psychology 27, no. 1 (2015): 110–21; and G. Yukl, “Use Power Effectively,” in Handbook of Principles of Organizational Behavior, ed. E. A. Locke (Malden, MA: Blackwell, 2004), 242–47.

  3. 3. See, for example, O. Baumann and N. Stieglitz, “Rewarding Value-Creating Ideas in Organizations: The Power of Low-Powered Incentives,” Strategic Management Journal 35, no. 3 (2014): 358–75.

  4. 4. S. R. Giessner and T. W. Schubert, “High in the Hierarchy: How Vertical Location and Judgments of Leaders’ Power Are Interrelated,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 104, no. 1 (2007): 30–44.

  5. 5. S. Perman, “Translation Advertising: Where Shop Meets Hip Hop,” Time, August 30, 2010, http://content.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,2011574,00.html.

  6. 6. R. E. Sturm and J. Antonakis, “Interpersonal Power: A Review, Critique, and Research Agenda,” Journal of Management 41, no. 1 (2015): 136–63.

  7. 7. M. C. J. Caniels and A. Roeleveld, “Power and Dependence Perspectives on Outsourcing Decisions,” European Management Journal 27, no. 6 (2009): 402–17; and R.-J. B. Jean, D. Kim, and R. S. Sinkovics, “Drivers and Performance Outcomes of Supplier Innovation Generation in Customer-Supplier Relationships: The Role of Power-Dependence,” Decision Sciences 43, no. 6 (2012): 1003–38.

  8. 8. R.S. Burt, M. Kilduff, and S. Tasselli, “Social Network Analysis: Foundations and Frontiers on Advantage,” Annual Review of Psychology 64 (2013): 527–47; M. A. Carpenter, M. Li, and H. Jiang, “Social Network Research in Organizational Contexts: A Systematic Review of Methodological Issues and Choices,” Journal of Management 38, no. 4 (2012): 1328–61; and M. Kilduff and D. J. Brass, “Organizational Social Network Research: Core Ideas and Key Debates,” Academy of Management Annals 4 (2010): 317–57.

  9. 9. J. Gehman, L. K. Treviño, and R. Garud, “Values Work: A Process Study of the Emergence and Performance of Organizational Values Practices,” Academy of Management Journal 56, no. 1 (2013): 84–112.

  10. 10. J. Battilana and T. Casciaro, “Change Agents, Networks, and Institutions: A Contingency Theory of Organizational Change,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 2 (2012): 381–98.

  11. 11. S. M. Soltis, F. Agneessens, Z. Sasovova, and G. Labianca, “A Social Network Perspective on Turnover Intentions: The Role of Distributive Justice and Social Support,” Human Resource Management 52, no. 4 (2013): 561–84.

  12. 12. R. Kaše, Z. King, and D. Minbaeva, “Using Social Network Research in HRM: Scratching the Surface of a Fundamental Basis of HRM,” Human Resource Management 52, no. 4 (2013): 473–83; R. Cross and L. Prusak, “The People Who Make Organizations Go—Or Stop,” Harvard Business Review, June 2002, https://hbr.org/2002/06/the-people-who-make-organizations-go-or-stop.

  13. 13. See, for example, D. M. Cable and T. A. Judge, “Managers’ Upward Influence Tactic Strategies: The Roll of Manager Personality and Supervisor Leadership Style,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 24, no. 2 (2003): 197–214; M. P. M. Chong, “Influence Behaviors and Organizational Commitment: A Comparative Study,” Leadership and Organization Development Journal 35, no. 1 (2014): 54–78; and M. Lewis-Duarte and M. C. Bligh, “Agents of ‘Influence’: Exploring the Usage, Timing, and Outcomes of Executive Coaching Tactics,” Leadership & Organization Development Journal 33, nos. 3–4 (2012): 255–81.

  14. 14. G. R. Ferris, W. A. Hochwarter, C. Douglas, F. R. Blass, R. W. Kolodinksy, and D. C. Treadway, “Social Influence Processes in Organizations and Human Resource Systems,” in Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management, vol. 21, eds. G. R. Ferris and J. J. Martocchio (Oxford, UK: JAI Press/Elsevier, 2003), 65–127; C. A. Higgins, T. A. Judge, and G. R. Ferris, “Influence Tactics and Work Outcomes: A Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 24, no. 1 (2003): 89–106; and M. Uhl-Bien, R. E. Riggio, K. B. Lowe, and M. K. Carsten, “Followership Theory: A Review and Research Agenda,” Leadership Quarterly 25, no. 1 (2004): 83–104.

  15. 15. M. P. M. Chong, “Influence Behaviors and Organizational Commitment: A Comparative Study.”

  16. 16. R. E. Petty and P. Briñol, “Persuasion: From Single to Multiple to Metacognitive Processes,” Perspectives on Psychological Science 3, no. 2 (2008): 137–47.

  17. 17. J. Badal, “Getting a Raise from the Boss,” The Wall Street Journal, July 8, 2006, B1, B5.

  18. 18. M. P. M. Chong, “Influence Behaviors and Organizational Commitment: A Comparative Study.”

  19. 19. Ibid.

  20. 20. O. Epitropaki and R. Martin, “Transformational-Transactional Leadership and Upward Influence: The Role of Relative Leader–Member Exchanges (RLMX) and Perceived Organizational Support (POS), Leadership Quarterly 24, no. 2 (2013): 299–315.

  21. 21. A. W. Kruglanski, A. Pierro, and E. T. Higgins, “Regulatory Mode and Preferred Leadership Styles: How Fit Increases Job Satisfaction,” Basic and Applied Social Psychology 29, no. 2 (2007): 137–49; and A. Pierro, L. Cicero, and B. H. Raven, “Motivated Compliance with Bases of Social Power,” Journal of Applied Social Psychology 38, no. 7 (2008): 1921–44.

  22. 22. G. Yukl, P. P. Fu, and R. McDonald, “Cross-Cultural Differences in Perceived Effectiveness of Influence Tactics for Initiating or Resisting Change,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 52, no. 1 (2003): 66–82; and P. P. Fu, T. K. Peng, J. C. Kennedy, and G. Yukl, “Examining the Preferences of Influence Tactics in Chinese Societies: A Comparison of Chinese Managers in Hong Kong, Taiwan, and Mainland China,” Organizational Dynamics 33, no. 1 (2004): 32–46.

  23. 23. C. J. Torelli and S. Shavitt, “Culture and Concepts of Power,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 99, no. 4 (2010): 703–23.

  24. 24. P. P. Fu, T. K. Peng, J. C. Kennedy, and G. Yukl, “Examining the Preferences of Influence Tactics in Chinese Societies: A Comparison of Chinese Managers in Hong Kong, Taiwan, and Mainland China.”

  25. 25. G. R. Ferris, D. C. Treadway, P. L. Perrewé, R. L. Brouer, C. Douglas, and S. Lux, “Political Skill in Organizations,” Journal of Management 33, no. 3 (2007): 290–320; K. J. Harris, K. M. Kacmar, S. Zivnuska, and J. D. Shaw, “The Impact of Political Skill on Impression Management Effectiveness,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 1 (2007): 278–85; W. A. Hochwarter, G. R. Ferris, M. B. Gavin, P. L. Perrewé, A. T. Hall, and D. D. Frink, “Political Skill as Neutralizer of Felt Accountability–Job Tension Effects on Job Performance Ratings: A Longitudinal Investigation,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 102, no. 2 (2007): 226–39; and D. C. Treadway, G. R. Ferris, A. B. Duke, G. L. Adams, and J. B. Tatcher, “The Moderating Role of Subordinate Political Skill on Supervisors’ Impressions of Subordinate Ingratiation and Ratings of Subordinate Interpersonal Facilitation,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 3 (2007): 848–55.

  26. 26. M. C. Andrews, K. M. Kacmar, and K. J. Harris, “Got Political Skill? The Impact of Justice on the Importance of Political Skills for Job Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 6 (2009): 1427–37.

  27. 27. C. Anderson, S. E. Spataro, and F. J. Flynn, “Personality and Organizational Culture as Determinants of Influence,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 3 (2008): 702–10.

  28. 28. Y. Cho and N. J. Fast, “Power, Defensive Denigration, and the Assuaging Effect of Gratitude Expression,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology 48, no. 3 (2012): 778–82.

  29. 29. M. Pitesa and S. Thau, “Masters of the Universe: How Power and Accountability Influence Self-Serving Decisions under Moral Hazard,” Journal of Applied Psychology 98, no. 3 (2013): 550–58; N. J. Fast, N. Sivanathan, D. D. Mayer, and A. D. Galinsky, “Power and Overconfident Decision-Making,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 117, no. 2 (2012): 249–60; and M. J. Williams, “Serving the Self from the Seat of Power: Goals and Threats Predict Leaders’ Self-Interested Behavior,” Journal of Management 40, no. 5 (2014): 1365–95.

  30. 30. J. K. Maner, M. T. Gaillot, A. J. Menzel, and J. W. Kunstman, “Dispositional Anxiety Blocks the Psychological Effects of Power,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin 38, no. 11 (2012): 1383–95.

  31. 31. N. J. Fast, N. Halevy, and A. D. Galinsky, “The Destructive Nature of Power without Status,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology 48, no. 1 (2012): 391–94.

  32. 32. T. Seppälä, J. Lipponen, A. Bardi, and A. Pirttilä-Backman, “Change-Oriented Organizational Citizenship Behaviour: An Interactive Product of Openness to Change Values, Work Unit Identification, and Sense of Power,” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 85, no. 1 (2012): 136–55.

  33. 33. K. A. DeCelles, D. S. DeRue, J. D. Margolis, and T. L. Ceranic, “Does Power Corrupt or Enable? When and Why Power Facilitates Self-Interested Behavior,” Journal of Applied Psychology 97, no. 3 (2012): 681–89.

  34. 34. “Facts about Sexual Harassment,” The U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, accessed June 19, 2015 www.eeoc.gov/facts/fs-sex.html.

  35. 35. F. Ali and R. Kramar, “An Exploratory Study of Sexual Harassment in Pakistani Organizations,” Asia Pacific Journal of Management 32, no. 1 (2014): 229–49.

  36. 36. Ibid.

  37. 37. “Workplace Sexual Harassment Statistics”, Association of Women for Action and Research, 2015, http://www.aware.org.sg/ati/wsh-site/14.

  38. 38. R. Ilies, N. Hauserman, S. Schwochau, and J. Stibal, “Reported Incidence Rates of Work-Related Sexual Harassment in the United States: Using Meta-Analysis to Explain Reported Rate Disparities,” Personnel Psychology 56, no. 3 (2003): 607–31; and G. Langer, “One in Four U.S. Women Reports Workplace Harassment,” ABC News, November 16, 2011, http://abcnews.go.com/blogs/politics/2011/11/one-in-four-u-s-women-reports-workplace-harassment/.

  39. 39. “Sexual Harassment Charges,” Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, accessed August 20, 2015, www.eeoc.gov/eeoc/statistics/.

  40. 40. B. Popken, “Report: 80% of Waitresses Report Being Sexually Harassed,” USA Today, October 7, 2014, http://www.today.com/money/report-80-waitresses-report-being-sexually-harassed-2D80199724.

  41. 41. G. R. Ferris, D. C. Treadway, R. W. Kolokinsky, W. A. Hoch-warter, C. J. Kacmar, and D. D. Frink, “Development and Validation of the Political Skill Inventory,” Journal of Management 31, no. 1 (2005): 126–52.

  42. 42. A. Pullen and C. Rhodes, “Corporeal Ethics and the Politics of Resistance in Organizations,” Organization 21, no. 6 (2014): 782–96.

  43. 43. G. R. Ferris and W. A. Hochwarter, “Organizational Politics,” in APA Handbook of Industrial and Organizational Psychology, vol. 3, ed. S. Zedeck (Washington, DC: American Psychological Association, 2011), 435–59.

  44. 44. D. A. Buchanan, “You Stab My Back, I’ll Stab Yours: Management Experience and Perceptions of Organization Political Behavior,” British Journal of Management 19, no. 1 (2008): 49–64.

  45. 45. M. A. Finkelstein and L. A. Penner, “Predicting Organizational Citizenship Behavior: Integrating the Functional and Role Identity Approaches,” Social Behavior and Personality 32, no. 4 (2004): 383–98; and J. Schwarzwald, M. Koslowsky, and M. Allouf, “Group Membership, Status, and Social Power Preference,” Journal of Applied Social Psychology 35, no. 3 (2005): 644–65.

  46. 46. See, for example, J. Walter, F. W. Kellermans, and C. Lechner, “Decision Making within and between Organizations: Rationality, Politics, and Alliance Performance,” Journal of Management 38, no. 5 (2012): 1582–610.

  47. 47. G. R. Ferris, D. C. Treadway, P. L. Perrewé, R. L. Grouer, C. Douglas, and S. Lux, “Political Skill in Organizations.”

  48. 48. J. Shi, R. E. Johnson, Y. Liu, and M. Wang, “Linking Subordinate Political Skill to Supervisor Dependence and Reward Recommendations: A Moderated Mediation Model,” Journal of Applied Psychology 98, no. 2 (2013): 374–84.

  49. 49. W. A. Gentry, D. C. Gimore, M. L. Shuffler, and J. B. Leslie, “Political Skill as an Indicator of Promotability among Multiple Rater Sources,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 33, no. 1 (2012): 89–104; and I. Kapoutsis, A. Paplexandris, A. Nikolopoulous, W. A. Hochwarter, and G. R. Ferris, “Politics Perceptions as a Moderator of the Political Skill-Job Performance Relationship: A Two-Study, Cross-National, Constructive Replication,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 78, no. 1 (2011): 123–35.

  50. 50. M. Abbas, U. Raja, W. Darr, and D. Bouckenooghe, “Combined Effects of Perceived Politics and Psychological Capital on Job Satisfaction, Turnover Intentions, and Performance,” Journal of Management 40, no. 7 (2014): 1813–30; and C. C. Rosen, D. L. Ferris, D. J. Brown, and W.-W. Yen, “Relationships among Perceptions of Organizational Politics (POPs), Work Motivation, and Salesperson Performance,” Journal of Management and Organization 21, no. 2 (2015): 203–16.

  51. 51. See, for example, M. D. Laird, P. Harvey, and J. Lancaster, “Accountability, Entitlement, Tenure, and Satisfaction in Generation Y,” Journal of Managerial Psychology 30, no. 1 (2015): 87–100; J. M. L. Poon, “Situational Antecedents and Outcomes of Organizational Politics Perceptions,” Journal of Managerial Psychology 18, no. 2 (2003): 138–55; and K. L. Zellars, W. A. Hochwarter, S. E. Lanivich, P. L. Perrewe, and G. R. Ferris, “Accountability for Others, Perceived Resources, and Well Being: Convergent Restricted Non-Linear Results in Two Samples,” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 84, no. 1 (2011): 95–115.

  52. 52. J. Walter, F. W. Kellermanns, and C. Lechner, “Decision Making within and between Organizations: Rationality, Politics, and Alliance Performance,” Journal of Management 38, no. 5 (2012): 1582–610.

  53. 53. W. A. Hochwarter, C. Kiewitz, S. L. Castro, P. L. Perrewé, and G. R. Ferris, “Positive Affectivity and Collective Efficacy as Moderators of the Relationship between Perceived Politics and Job Satisfaction,” Journal of Applied Social Psychology 33, no. 5 (2003): 1009–35; and C. C. Rosen, P. E. Levy, and R. J. Hall, “Placing Perceptions of Politics in the Context of Feedback Environment, Employee Attitudes, and Job Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 1 (2006): 211–30.

  54. 54. S. Aryee, Z. Chen, and P. S. Budhwar, “Exchange Fairness and Employee Performance: An Examination of the Relationship between Organizational Politics and Procedural Justice,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 94, no. 1 (2004): 1–14.

  55. 55. M. C. Andrews, L. A. Witt, and K. M. Kacmar, “The Interactive Effects of Organizational Politics and Exchange Ideology on Manager Ratings of Retention,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 62, no. 2 (2003): 357–69.

  56. 56. O. J. Labedo, “Perceptions of Organisational Politics: Examination of the Situational Antecedent and Consequences among Nigeria’s Extension Personnel,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 55, no. 2 (2006): 255–81.

  57. 57. K. M. Kacmar, M. C. Andrews, K. J. Harris, and B. Tepper, “Ethical Leadership and Subordinate Outcomes: The Mediating Role of Organizational Politics and the Moderating Role of Political Skill,” Journal of Business Ethics 115, no. 1 (2013): 33–44.

  58. 58. Ibid.

  59. 59. K. M. Kacmar, D. G. Bachrach, K. J. Harris, and S. Zivnuska, “Fostering Good Citizenship through Ethical Leadership: Exploring the Moderating Role of Gender and Organizational Politics,” Journal of Applied Psychology 96, no. 3 (2011): 633–42.

  60. 60. C. Homburg and A. Fuerst, “See No Evil, Hear No Evil, Speak No Evil: A Study of Defensive Organizational Behavior towards Customer Complaints,” Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 35, no. 4 (2007): 523–36.

  61. 61. See, for instance, M. C. Bolino and W. H. Turnley, “More Than One Way to Make an Impression: Exploring Profiles of Impression Management,” Journal of Management 29, no. 2 (2003): 141–60; S. Zivnuska, K. M. Kacmar, L. A. Witt, D. S. Carlson, and V. K. Bratton, “Interactive Effects of Impression Management and Organizational Politics on Job Performance,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 25, no. 5 (2004): 627–40; and M. C. Bolino, K. M. Kacmar, W. H. Turnley, and J. B. Gilstrap, “A Multi-Level Review of Impression Management Motives and Behaviors,” Journal of Management 34, no. 6 (2008): 1080–109.

  62. 62. L. A. McFarland, A. M. Ryan, and S. D. Kriska, “Impression Management Use and Effectiveness across Assessment Methods,” Journal of Management 29, no. 5 (2003): 641–61; C. A. Higgins and T. A. Judge, “The Effect of Applicant Influence Tactics on Recruiter Perceptions of Fit and Hiring Recommendations: A Field Study,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 4 (2004): 622–32; and W. C. Tsai, C.-C. Chen, and S. F. Chiu, “Exploring Boundaries of the Effects of Applicant Impression Management Tactics in Job Interviews,” Journal of Management 31, no. 1 (2005): 108–25.

  63. 63. M. R. Barrick, J. A. Shaffer, and S. W. DeGrassi. “What You See May Not Be What You Get: Relationships among Self-Presentation Tactics and Ratings of Interview and Job Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology, 94, no. 6 (2009): 1394–411.

  64. 64. E. Molleman, B. Emans, and N. Turusbekova, “How to Control Self-Promotion among Performance-Oriented Employees: The Roles of Task Clarity and Personalized Responsibility,” Personnel Review 41, no. 1 (2012): 88–105.

  65. 65. K. J. Harris, K. M. Kacmar, S. Zivnuska, and J. D. Shaw, “The Impact of Political Skill on Impression Management Effectiveness,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 1 (2007): 278–85; and D. C. Treadway, G. R. Ferris, A. B. Duke, G. L. Adams, and J. B. Thatcher, “The Moderating Role of Subordinate Political Skill on Supervisors’ Impressions of Subordinate Ingratiation and Ratings of Subordinate Interpersonal Facilitation,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 3 (2007): 848–55.

  66. 66. J. D. Westphal and I. Stern, “Flattery Will Get You Everywhere (Especially If You Are a Male Caucasian): How Ingratiation, Boardroom Behavior, and Demographic Minority Status Affect Additional Board Appointments of U.S. Companies,” Academy of Management Journal 50, no. 2 (2007): 267–88.

  67. 67. Y. Liu, G. R. Ferris, J. Xu, B. A. Weitz, and P. L. Perrewé, “When Ingratiation Backfires: The Role of Political Skill in the Ingratiation-Internship Performance Relationship,” Academy of Management Learning & Education 13, no. 4 (2014): 569–86.

  68. 68. E. Vigoda, “Reactions to Organizational Politics: A Cross-Cultural Examination in Israel and Britain,” Human Relations 54, no. 11 (2001), 1483–1518; and Y. Zhu and D. Li, “Negative Spillover Impact of Perceptions of Organizational Politics on Work-Family Conflict in China,” Social Behavior and Personality 43, no. 5 (2015): 705–14.

  69. 69. J. L. T. Leong, M. H. Bond, and P. P. Fu, “Perceived Effectiveness of Influence Strategies in the United States and Three Chinese Societies,” International Journal of Cross Cultural Management 6, no. 1 (2006): 101–20.

  70. 70. Y. Miyamoto and B. Wilken, “Culturally Contingent Situated Cognition: Influencing Other People Fosters Analytic Perception in the United States But Not in Japan,” Psychological Science 21, no. 11 (2010): 1616–22.

  71. 71. D. Clark, “A Campaign Strategy for Your Career,” Harvard Business Review, November 2012, 131–34.

Chapter 14

  1. 1. See, for instance, D. Tjosvold, A. S. H. Wong, and N. Y. F. Chen, “Constructively Managing Conflicts in Organizations,” Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior 1 (2014): 545–68; and M. A. Korsgaard, S. S. Jeong, D. M. Mahony, and A. H. Pitariu, “A Multilevel View of Intragroup Conflict,” Journal of Management 34, no. 6 (2008): 1222–52.

  2. 2. J. Farh, C. Lee, and C. I. C. Farh, “Task Conflict and Team Creativity: A Question of How Much and When,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 6 (2010): 1173–80.

  3. 3. B. H. Bradley, B. F. Postlethwaite, A. C. Klotz, M. R. Hamdani, and K. G. Brown, “Reaping the Benefits of Task Conflict in Teams: The Critical Role of Team Psychological Safety Climate,” Journal of Applied Psychology 97, no. 1 (2012), 151–58.

  4. 4. S. Benard, “Cohesion from Conflict: Does Intergroup Conflict Motivate Intragroup Norm Enforcement and Support for Centralized Leadership?” Social Psychology Quarterly 75, no. 2 (2012): 107–30.

  5. 5. G. A. Van Kleef, W. Steinel, and A. C. Homan, “On Being Peripheral and Paying Attention: Prototypicality and Information Processing in Intergroup Conflict,” Journal of Applied Psychology 98, no. 1 (2013): 63–79.

  6. 6. R. S. Peterson and K. J. Behfar, “The Dynamic Relationship between Performance Feedback, Trust, and Conflict in Groups: A Longitudinal Study,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 92, nos. 1–2 (2003): 102–12.

  7. 7. T. M. Glomb and H. Liao, “Interpersonal Aggression in Work Groups: Social Influence, Reciprocal, and Individual Effects,” Academy of Management Journal 46, no. 4 (2003): 486–96; and V. Venkataramani and R. S. Dalal, “Who Helps and Harms Whom? Relational Aspects of Interpersonal Helping and Harming in Organizations,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 4 (2007): 952–66.

  8. 8. R. Friedman, C. Anderson, J. Brett, M. Olekalns, N. Goates, and C. C. Lisco, “The Positive and Negative Effects of Anger on Dispute Resolution: Evidence from Electronically Mediated Disputes,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 2 (2004): 369–76.

  9. 9. J. S. Chun and J. N. Choi, “Members’ Needs, Intragroup Conflict, and Group Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 3 (2014): 437–50.

  10. 10. See, for instance, J. R. Curhan, “What Do People Value When They Negotiate? Mapping the Domain of Subjective Value in Negotiation,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 91, no. 3 (2006): 117–26; and N. Halevy, E. Chou, and J. K. Murnighan, “Mind Games: The Mental Representation of Conflict,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 102, no. 1 (2012): 132–48.

  11. 11. A. M. Isen, A. A. Labroo, and P. Durlach, “An Influence of Product and Brand Name on Positive Affect: Implicit and Explicit Measures,” Motivation and Emotion 28, no. 1 (2004): 43–63.

  12. 12. Ibid.

  13. 13. C. Montes, D. Rodriguez, and G. Serrano, “Affective Choice of Conflict Management Styles,” International Journal of Conflict Management 23, no. 1 (2012): 6–18.

  14. 14. See, for example, R. Troetschel and P. M. Gollwitzer, “Implementation Intentions and the Willful Pursuit of Prosocial Goals in Negotiations,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology 43, no. 4 (2007): 579–98.

  15. 15. See P. Badke-Schaub, G. Goldschmidt, and M. Meijer, “How Does Cognitive Conflict in Design Teams Support the Development of Creative Ideas?” Creativity and Innovation Management 19, no. 2 (2010): 119–33; and Z. Ma, A. Erkus, and A. Tabak, “Explore the Impact of Collectivism on Conflict Management Styles: A Turkish Study,” International Journal of Conflict Management 21, no. 2 (2010): 169–85.

  16. 16. L. A. DeChurch, J. R. Mesmer-Magnus, and D. Doty, “Moving beyond Relationship and Task Conflict: Toward a Process-State Perspective,” Journal of Applied Psychology 98, no. 4 (2013): 559–78.

  17. 17. G. Todorova, J. B. Bear, and L. R. Weingart, “Can Conflict Be Energizing? A Study of Task Conflict, Positive Emotions, and Job Satisfaction,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 3 (2014): 451–67.

  18. 18. B. A. Nijstad and S. C. Kaps, “Taking the Easy Way Out: Preference Diversity, Decision Strategies, and Decision Refusal in Groups,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 94, no. 5 (2008), pp. 860–870.

  19. 19. M. E. Zellmer-Bruhn, M. M. Maloney, A. D. Bhappu, and R. Salvador, “When and How Do Differences Matter? An Exploration of Perceived Similarity in Teams,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 107, no. 1 (2008): 41–59.

  20. 20. P. J. Hinds and D. E. Bailey, “Out of Sight, Out of Sync: Understanding Conflict in Distributed Teams,” Organization Science 14, no. 6 (2003): 615–32.

  21. 21. K. A. Jehn, L. Greer, S. Levine, and G. Szulanski, “The Effects of Conflict Types, Dimensions, and Emergent States on Group Outcomes,” Group Decision and Negotiation 17, no. 6 (2005): 777–96.

  22. 22. M. E. Zellmer-Bruhn, M. M. Maloney, A. D. Bhappu, and R. Salvador, “When and How Do Differences Matter?”

  23. 23. J. Fried, “I Know You Are, But What Am I?” Inc., July/August 2010, 39–40.

  24. 24. K. J. Behfar, R. S. Peterson, E. A. Mannix, and W. M. K. Trochim, “The Critical Role of Conflict Resolution in Teams: A Close Look at the Links between Conflict Type, Conflict Management Strategies, and Team Outcomes,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 1 (2008): 170–88; and A. G. Tekleab, N. R. Quigley, and P. E. Tesluk, “A Longitudinal Study of Team Conflict, Conflict Management, Cohesion, and Team Effectiveness,” Group & Organization Management 34, no. 2 (2009): 170–205.

  25. 25. A. Somech, H. S. Desivilya, and H. Lidogoster, “Team Conflict Management and Team Effectiveness: The Effects of Task Interdependence and Team Identification,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 30, no. 3 (2009): 359–78.

  26. 26. W. Liu, R. Friedman, and Y. Hong, “Culture and Accountability in Negotiation: Recognizing the Importance of In-Group Relations,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 117, no. 1 (2012): 221–34; and B. C. Gunia, J. M. Brett, A. K. Nandkeolyar, and D. Kamdar, “Paying a Price: Culture, Trust, and Negotiation Consequences,” Journal of Applied Psychology 96, no. 4 (2010): 774–89.

  27. 27. See, for instance, D. Druckman and L. M. Wagner, “Justice and Negotiation,” Annual Review of Psychology, 67 (2016): 387–413.

  28. 28. See, for example, D. R. Ames, “Assertiveness Expectancies: How Hard People Push Depends on the Consequences They Predict,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 95, no. 6 (2008): 1541–57; and J. R. Curhan, H. A. Elfenbein, and H. Xu, “What Do People Value When They Negotiate? Mapping the Domain of Subjective Value in Negotiation,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 91, no. 3 (2006): 493–512.

  29. 29. R. Lewicki, D. Saunders, and B. Barry, Negotiation, 6th ed. (New York: McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 2009).

  30. 30. J. C. Magee, A. D. Galinsky, and D. H. Gruenfeld, “Power, Propensity to Negotiate, and Moving First in Competitive Interactions,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin 33, no. 2 (2007): 200–12.

  31. 31. E. Wilson, “The Trouble with Jake,” The New York Times, July 15, 2009, www.nytimes.com.

  32. 32. This model is based on R. J. Lewicki, D. Saunders, and B. Barry, Negotiation, 7th ed. (New York: McGraw-Hill, 2014).

  33. 33. R. P. Larrick and G. Wu, “Claiming a Large Slice of a Small Pie: Asymmetric Disconfirmation in Negotiation,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 93, no. 2 (2007): 212–33.

  34. 34. L. L. Thompson, J. Wang, and B. C. Gunia, “Negotiation,” Annual Review of Psychology 61, (2010): 491–515.

  35. 35. M. Schaerer, R. I. Swaab, and A. D. Galinsky “Anchors Weigh More Than Power: Why Absolute Powerlessness Liberates Negotiators to Achieve Better Outcomes,” Psychological Science 26, no. 2 (2014): 170–81:10.1177/0956797614558718.

  36. 36. J. R. Curhan, H. A. Elfenbein, and G. J. Kilduff, “Getting off on the Right Foot: Subjective Value versus Economic Value in Predicting Longitudinal Job Outcomes from Job Offer Negotiations,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 2 (2009): 524–34.

  37. 37. H. A. Elfenbein, “Individual Difference in Negotiation: A Nearly Abandoned Pursuit Revived,” Current Directions in Psychological Science 24, no. 2 (2015): 131–36.

  38. 38. S. Sharma, W. Bottom, and H. A. Elfenbein, “On the Role of Personality, Cognitive Ability, and Emotional Intelligence in Predicting Negotiation Outcomes: A Meta-Analysis,” Organizational Psychology Review 3, no. 4 (2013): 293–336.

  39. 39. G. Lelieveld, E. Van Dijk, I. Van Beest, and G. A. Van Kleef, “Why Anger and Disappointment Affect Other’s Bargaining Behavior Differently: The Moderating Role of Power and the Mediating Role of Reciprocal Complementary Emotions,” Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin 38, no. 9 (2012): 1209–21.

  40. 40. S. Côté, I. Hideg, and G. A. Van Kleef, “The Consequences of Faking Anger in Negotiations,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology 49, no. 3 (2013): 453–63.

  41. 41. G. A. Van Kleef and C. K. W. De Dreu, “Longer-Term Consequences of Anger Expression in Negotiation: Retaliation or Spillover?” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology 46, no. 5 (2010): 753–60.

  42. 42. H. Adam and A. Shirako, “Not All Anger Is Created Equal: The Impact of the Expresser’s Culture on the Social Effects of Anger in Negotiations,” Journal of Applied Psychology 98, no. 5 (2013): 785–98.

  43. 43. M. Olekalns and P. L Smith, “Mutually Dependent: Power, Trust, Affect, and the Use of Deception in Negotiation,” Journal of Business Ethics 85, no. 3 (2009): 347–65.

  44. 44. A. W. Brooks and M. E. Schweitzer, “Can Nervous Nellie Negotiate? How Anxiety Causes Negotiators to Make Low First Offers, Exit Early, and Earn Less Profit,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 115, no. 1 (2011): 43–54.

  45. 45. M. Sinaceur, H. Adam, G. A. Van Kleef, and A. D. Galinsky, “The Advantages of Being Unpredictable: How Emotional Inconsistency Extracts Concessions in Negotiation,” Journal of Experimental Social Psychology 49, no. 3 (2013): 498–508.

  46. 46. K. Leary, J. Pillemer, and M. Wheeler, “Negotiating with Emotion,” Harvard Business Review, January–February 2013, 96–103.

  47. 47. L. A. Liu, R. Friedman, B. Barry, M. J. Gelfand, and Z. Zhang, “The Dynamics of Consensus Building in Intracultural and Intercultural Negotiations,” Administrative Science Quarterly 57, no. 2 (2012): 269–304.

  48. 48. M. Liu, “The Intrapersonal and Interpersonal Effects of Anger on Negotiation Strategies: A Cross-Cultural Investigation,” Human Communication Research 35, no. 1 (2009): 148–69; and H. Adam, A. Shirako, and W. W. Maddux, “Cultural Variance in the Interpersonal Effects of Anger in Negotiations,” Psychological Science 21, no. 6 (2010): 882–89.

  49. 49. P. D. Trapnell and D. L. Paulhus, “Agentic and Communal Values: Their Scope and Measurement,” Journal of Personality Assessment 94, no. 1 (2012): 39–52.

  50. 50. C. T. Kulik and M. Olekalns, “Negotiating the Gender Divide: Lessons from the Negotiation and Organizational Behavior Literatures,” Journal of Management 38, no. 4 (2012): 1387–415.

  51. 51. C. Suddath, “The Art of Haggling,” Bloomberg Businessweek, November 26, 2012, 98.

  52. 52. J. Mazei, J. Hüffmeier, P. A. Freund, A. F. Stuhlmacher, L. Bilke, and G. Hertel, “A Meta-Analysis on Gender Differences in Negotiation Outcomes and Their Moderators,” Psychological Bulletin 141, no. 1 (2015): 85–104.

  53. 53. D. T. Kong, K. T. Dirks, and D. L. Ferrin, “Interpersonal Trust within Negotiations: Meta-Analytic Evidence, Critical Contingencies, and Directions for Future Research,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 5 (2014): 1235–55.

  54. 54. G. R. Ferris, J. N. Harris, Z. A. Russell, B. P. Ellen, A. D. Martinez, and F. R. Blass, “The Role of Reputation in the Organizational Sciences: A Multilevel Review, Construct Assessment, and Research Directions,” Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management 32 (2014): 241–303.

  55. 55. R. Zinko, G. R. Ferris, S. E. Humphrey, C. J. Meyer, and F. Aime, “Personal Reputation in Organizations: Two-Study Constructive Replication and Extension of Antecedents and Consequences,” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 85, no. 1 (2012): 156–80.

  56. 56. A. Hinshaw, P. Reilly, and A. Kupfer Schneider, “Attorneys and Negotiation Ethics: A Material Misunderstanding?” Negotiation Journal 29, no. 3 (2013): 265–87; and N. A. Welsh, “The Reputational Advantages of Demonstrating Trustworthiness: Using the Reputation Index with Law Students,” Negotiation Journal 28, no. 1 (2012): 117–45.

  57. 57. J. R. Curhan, H. A. Elfenbein, and X. Heng, “What Do People Value When They Negotiate? Mapping the Domain of Subjective Value in Negotiation,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 91, no. 3 (2006): 493–512.

  58. 58. W. E. Baker and N. Bulkley, “Paying It Forward vs. Rewarding Reputation: Mechanisms of Generalized Reciprocity,” Organization Science 25, no. 5 (2014): 1493–510.

  59. 59. G. A. Van Kleef, C. K. W. De Dreu, and A. S. R. Manstead, “An Interpersonal Approach to Emotion in Social Decision Making: The Emotions as Social Information Model” in Advances in Experimental Social Psychology vol. 42, ed. M. P. Zanna, (2010), 45–96.

  60. 60. F. Lumineau and J. E. Henderson, “The Influence of Relational Experience and Contractual Governance on the Negotiation Strategy in Buyer–Supplier Disputes,” Journal of Operations Management 30, no. 5 (2012): 382–95.

  61. 61. U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, Questions and Answers About Mediation, accessed June 9, 2015, http://www.eeoc.gov/eeoc/mediation/qanda.cfm.

Chapter 15

  1. 1. See, for instance, R. L. Daft, Organization Theory and Design, 10th ed. (Cincinnati, OH: South-Western Publishing, 2010).

  2. 2. J. G. Miller, “The Real Women’s Issue: Time,” The Wall Street Journal, March 9–10, 2013, C3.

  3. 3. T. W. Malone, R. J. Laubacher, and T. Johns, “The Age of Hyperspecialization,” Harvard Business Review, July–August 2011, 56–65.

  4. 4. C. Woodyard, “Toyota Brass Shakeup Aims to Give Regions More Control,” USA Today, March 6, 2013, www.usatoday.com/story/money/cars/2013/03/06/toyota-shakeup/1966489/.

  5. 5. S. Ballmer, “One Microsoft: Company Realigns to Enable Innovation at Greater Speed, Efficiency,” Microsoft, July 11, 2013,  http://blogs.microsoft.com/firehose/2013/07/11/one-microsoft-company-realigns-to-enable-innovation-at-greater-speed-efficiency/.

  6. 6. Ibid.

  7. 7. A. Wilhelm, “Microsoft Shakes Up Its Leadership and Internal Structure as its Fiscal Year Comes to a Close,” TechCrunch, June 17, 2015, http://techcrunch.com/2015/06/17/microsoft-shakes-up-its-leadership-and-internal-structure-as-its-fiscal-year-comes-to-a-close/#.mcn-4eo:OnA3.

  8. 8. See, for instance, “How Hierarchy Can Hurt Strategy Execution,” Harvard Business Review, July–August 2010, 74–75.

  9. 9. F. A. Csascar, “Organizational Structure as a Determinant of Performance: Evidence from Mutual Funds,” Strategic Management Journal 33, no. 6 (2013): 611–32.

  10. 10. B. Brown and S. D. Anthony, “How P&G Tripled Its Innovation Success Rate,” Harvard Business Review, June 2011, 64–72.

  11. 11. A. Leiponen and C. E. Helfat, “Location, Decentralization, and Knowledge Sources for Innovation,” Organization Science 22, no. 3 (2011): 641–58.

  12. 12. K. Parks, “HSBC Unit Charged in Argentine Tax Case,” The Wall Street Journal, March 19, 2013, C2.

  13. 13. P. Hempel, Z.-X. Zhang, and Y. Han, “Team Empowerment and the Organizational Context: Decentralization and the Contrasting Effects of Formalization,” Journal of Management 38, no. 2 (2012): 475–501.

  14. 14. J. E. Perry-Smith and C. E. Shalley, “A Social Composition View of Team Creativity: The Role of Member Nationality-Heterogeneous Ties Outside of the Team,” Organization Science 25, no. 5 (2014): 1434–52; J. Han, J. Han, and D. J. Brass, “Human Capital Diversity in the Creation of Social Capital for Team Creativity,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 35, no. 1 (2014): 54–71; N. Sivasubramaniam, S. J. Liebowitz, and C. L. Lackman, “Determinants of New Product Development Team Performance: A Meta Analytic Review,” Journal of Product Innovation Management 29, no. 5 (2012): 803–20.

  15. 15. T. A de Vries, F. Walter, G. S. Van der Vegt, and P. J. M. D. Essens, “Antecedents of Individuals’ Interteam Coordination: Broad Functional Experiences as a Mixed Blessing,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 5 (2014): 1334–59.

  16. 16. N. J. Foss, K. Laursen, and T. Pedersen, “Linking Customer Interaction and Innovation: The Mediating Role of New Organizational Practices,” Organization Science 22, no. 4 (2011): 980–99; N. J. Foss, J. Lyngsie, and S. A. Zahra, “The Role of External Knowledge Sources and Organizational Design in the Process of Opportunity Exploitation,” Strategic Management Journal 34, no. 12 (2013): 1453–71; and A. Salter, P. Crisuolo, and A. L. J. Ter Wal, “Coping with Open Innovation: Responding to the Challenges of External Engagement in R&D,” California Management Review 56, no. 2 (2014): 77–94.

  17. 17. A. Murray, “Built Not to Last,” The Wall Street Journal, March 18, 2013, A11.

  18. 18. For a quick overview, see J. Davoren, “Functional Structure Organization Strength and Weakness,” Small Business Chronicle, accessed June 25, 2015, http://smallbusiness.chron.com/functional-structure-organization-strength-weakness-60111.html.

  19. 19. See, for instance, A. Writing, “Different Types of Organizational Structure,” Small Business Chronicle, accessed June 25, 2015, http://smallbusiness.chron.com/different-types-organizational-structure-723.html.

  20. 20. For a quick overview, see “Types of Business Organizational Structures,” Pingboard, July 24, 2013, accessed June 25, 2015 https://pingboard.com/blog/types-business-organiz-ational-structures/.

  21. 21. J. R. Galbraith, Designing Matrix Organizations That Actually Work: How IBM, Procter & Gamble, and Others Design for Success (San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 2009); and E. Krell, “Managing the Matrix,” HR Magazine, April 2011, 69–71.

  22. 22. See, for instance, M. Bidwell, “Politics and Firm Boundaries: How Organizational Structure, Group Interests, and Resources Affect Outsourcing,” Organization Science 23, no. 6 (2012): 1622–42.

  23. 23. See, for instance, T. Sy and L. S. D’Annunzio, “Challenges and Strategies of Matrix Organizations: Top-Level and Mid-Level Managers’ Perspectives,” Human Resource Planning 28, no. 1 (2005): 39–48; and T. Sy and S. Cotê, “Emotional Intelligence: A Key Ability to Succeed in the Matrix Organization,” Journal of Management Development 23, no. 5 (2004): 437–55.

  24. 24. N. Anand and R. L. Daft, “What Is the Right Organization Design?” Organizational Dynamics 36, no. 4 (2007): 329–44.

  25. 25. See, for instance, N. S. Contractor, S. Wasserman, and K. Faust, “Testing Multitheoretical, Multilevel Hypotheses about Organizational Networks: An Analytic Framework and Empirical Example,” Academy of Management Review 31, no. 3 (2006): 681–703; and Y. Shin, “A Person-Environment Fit Model for Virtual Organizations,” Journal of Management 30, no. 5 (2004): 725–43.

  26. 26. J. Schramm, “At Work in a Virtual World,” HR Magazine, June 2010, 152.

  27. 27. C. B. Gibson and J. L. Gibbs, “Unpacking the Concept of Virtuality: The Effects of Geographic Dispersion, Electronic Dependence, Dynamic Structure, and National Diversity on Team Innovation,” Administrative Science Quarterly 51, no. 3 (2006): 451–95; H. M. Latapie and V. N. Tran, “Subculture Formation, Evolution, and Conflict between Regional Teams in Virtual Organizations,” The Business Review, Summer 2007, 189–93; and S. Davenport and U. Daellenbach, “‘Belonging’ to a Virtual Research Center: Exploring the Influence of Social Capital Formation Processes on Member Identification in a Virtual Organization,” British Journal of Management 22, no. 1 (2011): 54–76.

  28. 28. See, for instance, E. Devaney, “The Pros & Cons of 7 Popular Organizational Structures,” Hubspot, December 23, 2014, 6:00AM, accessed June 25, 2015, http://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/team-structure-diagrams.

  29. 29. J. Scheck, L. Moloney, and A. Flynn, “Eni, CNPC Link Up in Mozambique,” The Wall Street Journal, March 15, 2013, B3.

  30. 30. E. Devaney, “The Pros & Cons of 7 Popular Organizational Structures.”

  31. 31. L. Gensler, “American Express to Slash 4,000 Jobs on Heels of Strong Quarter,” Forbes, January 21, 2015, http://www.forbes.com/sites/laurengensler/2015/01/21/american-express-earnings-rise-11-on-increased-cardholder-spending/.

  32. 32. L. I Alpert, “Can Imported CEO Fix Russian Cars?” The Wall Street Journal, March 20, 2013, http://www.wsj.com/articles/SB10001424127887323639604578370121394214736.

  33. 33. K. Walker, N. Ni, and B. Dyck, “Recipes for Successful Sustainability: Empirical Organizational Configurations for Strong Corporate Environmental Performance,” Business Strategy and the Environment 24, no. 1 (2015): 40–57.

  34. 34. See, for instance, J. R. Hollenbeck et al., “Structural Contingency Theory and Individual Differences: Examination of External and Internal Person-Team Fit,” Journal of Applied Psychology 87, no. 3 (2002): 599–606; and A. Drach-Zahavy and A. Freund, “Team Effectiveness under Stress: A Structural Contingency Approach,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 28, no. 4 (2007): 423–50.

  35. 35. K. Walker, N. Ni, and B. Dyck, “Recipes for Successful Sustainability: Empirical Organizational Configurations for Strong Corporate Environmental Performance.”

  36. 36. See, for instance, S. M. Toh, F. P. Morgeson, and M. A. Campion, “Human Resource Configurations: Investigating Fit with the Organizational Context,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 4 (2008): 864–82.

  37. 37. M. Mesco, “Moleskine Tests Appetite for IPOs,” The Wall Street Journal, March 19, 2013, B8.

  38. 38. J. Backaler, “Haier: A Chinese Company That Innovates,” Forbes, June 17, 2010, http://www.forbes.com/sites/china/2010/06/17/haier-a-chinese-company-that-innovates/.

  39. 39. See, for instance, J. A. Cogin and I. O. Williamson, “Standardize or Customize: The Interactive Effects of HRM and Environment Uncertainty on MNC Subsidiary Performance,” Human Resource Management 53, no. 5 (2014): 701–21; G. Kim and M.-G. Huh, “Exploration and Organizational Longevity: The Moderating Role of Strategy and Environment,” Asia Pacific Journal of Management 32, no. 2 (2015): 389–414.

  40. 40. R. Greenwood, C. R. Hinings, and D. Whetten, “Rethinking Institutions and Organizations,” Journal of Management Studies, 51, no. 7 (2014): 1206–20; and D. Chandler and H. Hwang, “Learning from Learning Theory: A Model of Organizational Adoption Strategies at the Microfoundations of Institutional Theory,” Journal of Management 41, no. 5 (2015): 1446–76.

  41. 41. C. S. Spell and T. J. Arnold, “A Multi-Level Analysis of Organizational Justice and Climate, Structure, and Employee Mental Health,” Journal of Management 33, no. 5 (2007): 724–51; and M. L. Ambrose and M. Schminke, “Organization Structure as a Moderator of the Relationship between Procedural Justice, Interactional Justice, Perceived Organizational Support, and Supervisory Trust,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 2 (2003): 295–305.

  42. 42. See, for instance, C. S. Spell and T. J. Arnold, “A Multi-Level Analysis of Organizational Justice and Climate, Structure, and Employee Mental Health;” J. D. Shaw and N. Gupta, “Job Complexity, Performance, and Well-Being: When Does Supplies-Value Fit Matter?” Personnel Psychology 57, no. 4 (2004); and C. Anderson and C. E. Brown, “The Functions and Dysfunctions of Hierarchy,” Research in Organizational Behavior 30 (2010): 55–89.

  43. 43. T. Martin, “Pharmacies Feel More Heat,” The Wall Street Journal, March 16–17, 2013, A3.

  44. 44. See, for instance, R. E. Ployhart, J. A. Weekley, and K. Baughman, “The Structure and Function of Human Capital Emergence: A Multilevel Examination of the Attraction-Selection-Attrition Model,” Academy of Management Journal 49, no. 4 (2006): 661–77.

  45. 45. J. B. Stewart, “A Place to Play for Google Staff,” The New York Times, March 16, 2013, B1.

  46. 46. See, for instance, B. K. Park, J. A. Choi, M. Koo, S. Sul, and I. Choi, “Culture, Self, and Preference Structure: Transitivity and Context Independence Are Violated More by Interdependent People,” Social Cognition 31, no. 1 (2013): 106–18.

  47. 47. J. Hassard, J. Morris, and L. McCann, “‘My Brilliant Career?’ New Organizational Forms and Changing Managerial Careers in Japan, the UK, and USA,” Journal of Management Studies 49, no. 3 (2012): 571–99.

Chapter 16

  1. 1. See, for example, B. Schneider, M. G. Ehrhart, and W. H. Macey, “Organizational Climate and Culture,” Annual Review of Psychology 64 (2013): 361–88.

  2. 2. I. Borg, J. F. Groenen, K. A. Jehn, W. Bilsky, and S. H. Schwartz, “Embedding the Organizational Culture Profile into Schwartz’s Theory of Universals in Values,” Journal of Personnel Psychology 10, no. 1 (2011): 1–12.

  3. 3. See, for example, C. Ostroff, A. J. Kinicki, and M. M. Tamkins, “Organizational Culture and Climate,” in Handbook of Psychology: Industrial and Organizational Psychology, eds. W. C. Borman, D. R. Ilgen, and R. J. Klimoski (Hoboken, NJ: Wiley, 2003), 565–93.

  4. 4. D. A. Hoffman and L. M. Jones, “Leadership, Collective Personality, and Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 90, no. 3 (2005), 509–22.

  5. 5. T. Hsieh, “How I did it: Zappos’s CEO on Going to Extremes for Customers” Harvard Business Review, July–August 2010, 41–45.

  6. 6. P. Lok, R. Westwood, and J. Crawford, “Perceptions of Organisational Subculture and Their Significance for Organisational Commitment,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 54, no. 4 (2005): 490–514; and B. E. Ashforth, K. M. Rogers, and K. G. Corley, “Identity in Organizations: Exploring Cross-Level Dynamics,” Organization Science 22, no. 5 (2011): 1144–56.

  7. 7. For discussion of how culture can be evaluated as a shared perception, see D. Chan, “Multilevel and Aggregation Issues in Climate and Culture Research,” in The Oxford Handbook of Organizational Climate and Culture, eds. B. Schneider and K. M. Barbera (New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2014), 484–495.

  8. 8. L. M. Kotrba, M. A. Gillespie, A. M. Schmidt, R. E. Smerek, S. A. Ritchie, and D. R. Denison, “Do Consistent Corporate Cultures Have Better Business Performance: Exploring the Interaction Effects,” Human Relations 65, no. 2 (2012): 241–262; and M. W. Dickson, C. J. Resick, and P. J. Hanges, “When Organizational Climate Is Unambiguous, It Is Also Strong,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 2 (2006): 351–364.

  9. 9. M. Schulte, C. Ostroff, S. Shmulyian, and A. Kinicki, “Organizational Climate Configurations: Relationships to Collective Attitudes, Customer Satisfaction, and Financial Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 3 (2009): 618–634.

  10. 10. S. Maitlis and M. Christianson, “Sensemaking in Organizations: Taking Stock and Moving Forward,” The Academy of Management Annals 8, (2014): 57–125; and K. Weber and M. T. Dacin, “The Cultural Construction of Organizational Life,” Organization Science 22, no. 2 (2011): 287–298.

  11. 11. Y. Ling, Z. Simsek, M. H. Lubatkin, and J. F. Veiga, “Transformational Leadership’s Role in Promoting Corporate Entrepreneurship: Examining the CEO-TMT Interface,” Academy of Management Journal 51, no. 3 (2008): 557–76; and A. Malhotra, A. Majchrzak, and B. Rosen, “Leading Virtual Teams,” Academy of Management Perspectives 21, no. 1 (2007): 60–70.

  12. 12. L. R. James et al., “Organizational and Psychological Climate: A Review of Theory and Research,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 17, no. 1 (2008): 5–32; and B. Schneider and K. M. Barbera, “Introduction and Overview,” in The Oxford Handbook of Organizational Climate and Culture, eds. B. Schneider and K. M. Barbera (New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2014), 3–22.

  13. 13. J. Z. Carr, A. M. Schmidt, J. K. Ford, and R. P. DeShon, “Climate Perceptions Matter: A Meta-Analytic Path Analysis Relating Molar Climate, Cognitive and Affective States, and Individual Level Work Outcomes,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 4 (2003): 605–619.

  14. 14. M. Schulte, C. Ostroff, S. Shmulyian, and A. Kinicki, “Organizational Climate Configurations: Relationships to Collective Attitudes, Customer Satisfaction, and Financial Performance.”

  15. 15. S. D. Pugh, J. Dietz, A. P. Brief, and J. W. Wiley, “Looking Inside and Out: The Impact of Employee and Community Demographic Composition on Organizational Diversity Climate,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 6 (2008): 1422–1428; K. H. Ehrhart, L. A. Witt, B. Schneider, and S. J. Perry, “Service Employees Give as They Get: Internal Service as a Moderator of the Service Climate-Service Outcomes Link,” Journal of Applied Psychology 96, no. 2 (2011): 423–31; and A. Simha and J. B. Cullen, “Ethical Climates and Their Effects on Organizational Outcomes: Implications from the Past and Prophecies for the Future,” Academy of Management Perspectives 26, no. 4 (2011): 20–34.

  16. 16. J. C. Wallace, D. Johnson, K. Mathe, and J. Paul, “Structural and Psychological Empowerment Climates, Performance, and the Moderating Role of Shared Felt Accountability: A Managerial Perspective,” Journal of Applied Psychology 96, no. 3 (2011): 840–850.

  17. 17. J. M. Beus, S. C. Payne, M. E. Bergman, and W. Arthur, “Safety Climate and Injuries: An Examination of Theoretical and Empirical Relationships,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 4 (2010): 713–727.

  18. 18. A. Simha and J. B. Cullen, “Ethical Climates and Their Effects on Organizational Outcomes: Implications from the Past and Prophecies for the Future,” Academy of Management Perspectives 26, no. 4 (2011): 20–34.

  19. 19. Ibid.

  20. 20. J. Howard-Greenville, S. Bertels, and B. Lahneman, “Sustainability: How It Shapes Organizational Culture and Climate,” in The Oxford Handbook of Organizational Climate and Culture, eds. B. Schneider and K. M. Barbera (New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2014), 257–275.

  21. 21. P. Lacy, T. Cooper, R. Hayward, and L. Neuberger, “A New Era of Sustainability: UN Global Compact-Accenture CEO Study 2010,” Joint Report from Accenture and the United Nations: The Global Compact, June 2010, https://www.unglobalcompact.org/docs/news_events/8.1/UNGC_Accenture_CEO_Study_2010.pdf.

  22. 22. B. Fitzgerald, “Sustainable Farming Will Be Next, ‘Revolution in Agriculture,’” Australian Broadcasting Company: Rural, May 28, 2015, 10:12PM, http://www.abc.net.au/news/2015-05-29/state-of-tomorrow-sustainable-farming/6504842.

  23. 23. A. A. Marcus and A. R. Fremeth, “Green Management Matters Regardless,” Academy of Management Perspectives 23, no. 3 (2009): 17–26.

  24. 24. P. Bansal, “From Issues to Actions: The Importance of Individual Concerns and Organizational Values in Responding to Natural Environmental Issues,” Organization Science 14, no. 5 (2003): 510–527; P. Bansal, “Evolving Sustainably: A Longitudinal Study of Corporate Sustainable Development,” Strategic Management Journal 26, no. 3 (2005): 197–218; and J. Howard-Grenville and A. J. Hoffman, “The Importance of Cultural Framing to the Success of Social Initiatives in Business,” Academy of Management Executive 17, no. 2 (2003):70–84.

  25. 25. A. R. Carrico and M. Riemer, “Motivating Energy Conservation in the Workplace: An Evaluation of the Use of Group-Level Feedback and Peer Education,” Journal of Environmental Psychology 31, no. 1 (2011): 1–13.

  26. 26. J. P. Kotter, “Change Management: Accelerate!” Harvard Business Review, November 2012: 44–58.

  27. 27. R. Walker, “Behind the Music,” Fortune, October 29, 2012, 57–58.

  28. 28. J. P. Titlow, “How Spotify’s Music-Obsessed Culture Keeps Employees Hooked,” Fast Company, August 20, 2014, http://www.fastcompany.com/3034617/how-spotifys-music-obsessed-culture-makes-the-company-rock.

  29. 29. E. Ries, The Lean Startup (New York: Crown Publishing, 2011).

  30. 30. M. Herper, “Niche Pharma,” Forbes, September 24, 2012, 80–89.

  31. 31. J. Bandler and D. Burke, “How HP Lost Its Way,” Fortune, May 21, 2012, 147–164.

  32. 32. G. F. Lanzara and G. Patriotta, “The Institutionalization of Knowledge in an Automotive Factory: Templates, Inscriptions, and the Problems of Durability,” Organization Studies 28, no. 5 (2007): 635–660; and T. B. Lawrence, M. K. Mauws, B. Dyck, and R. F. Kleysen, “The Politics of Organizational Learning: Integrating Power into the 4I Framework,” Academy of Management Review 30, no. 1 (2005): 180–191.

  33. 33. L. G. Flores, W. Zheng, D. Rau, and C. H. Thomas, “Organizational Learning: Subprocess Identification, Construct Validation, and an Empirical Test of Cultural Antecedents,” Journal of Management 38, no. 2 (2012): 640–667; and W. S. Shim and R. M. Steers, “Symmetric and Asymmetric Leadership Cultures: A Comparative Study of Leadership and Organizational Culture at Hyundai and Toyota,” Journal of World Business 47, no. 4 (2012): 581–591.

  34. 34. See D. L. Stone, E. F. Stone-Romero, and K. M. Lukaszewski, “The Impact of Cultural Values on the Acceptance and Effectiveness of Human Resource Management Policies and Practices,” Human Resource Management Review 17, no. 2 (2007): 152–165; D. R. Avery, “Support for Diversity in Organizations: A Theoretical Exploration of Its Origins and Offshoots,” Organizational Psychology Review 1, no. 3 (2011): 239–256; and A. Groggins and A. M. Ryan, “Embracing Uniqueness: The Underpinnings of a Positive Climate for Diversity,” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 86, no. 2 (2013): 264–282.

  35. 35. D. Liu, T. R. Mitchell, T. W. Lee, B. C. Holtom, and T. R. Hinkin, “When Employees Are out of Step with Coworkers: How Job Satisfaction Trajectory and Dispersion Influence Individual and Unit-Level Voluntary Turnover,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 6 (2012): 360–1380.

  36. 36. R. A. Weber and C. F. Camerer, “Cultural Conflict and Merger Failure: An Experimental Approach,” Management Science 49, no. 4 (2003): 400–412; I. H. Gleibs, A. Mummendey, and P. Noack, “Predictors of Change in Postmerger Identification during a Merger Process: A Longitudinal Study,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 95, no. 5 (2008): 1095–1112; and F. Bauer and K. Matzler, “Antecedents of M&A Success: The Role of Strategic Complementarity, Cultural Fit, and Degree and Speed of Integration,” Strategic Management Journal 35, no. 2 (2014): 269–291.

  37. 37. K. Voigt, “Mergers Fail More Often Than Marriages,” CNN, May 22, 2009, http://edition.cnn.com/2009/BUSINESS/05/21/merger.marriage/.

  38. 38. Y. L. Zhao, O. H. Erekson, T. Wang, and M. Song, “Pioneering Advantages and Entrepreneurs’ First-Mover Decisions: An Empirical Investigation for the United States and China,” Journal of Product Innovation Management 29, no. S1 (2012): 190–210.

  39. 39. E. H. Schein, Organizational Culture and Leadership, Vol. 2. (New York, NY: John Wiley & Sons, 2010).

  40. 40. See, for example, D. E. Bowen and C. Ostroff, “The ‘Strength’ of the HRM System, Organizational Climate Formation, and Firm Performance,” Academy of Management Review 29, no. 2 (2004): 203–221.

  41. 41. W. Li, Y. Wang, P. Taylor, K. Shi, and D. He, “The Influence of Organizational Culture on Work-Related Personality Requirement Ratings: A Multilevel Analysis,” International Journal of Selection and Assessment 16, no. 4 (2008): 366–384; I. Oh, K. S. Kim, and C. H. Van Iddekinge, “Taking It to another Level: Do Personality-Based Human Capital Resources Matter to Firm Performance?” Journal of Applied Psychology 100, no. 3 (2015): 935–947; and A. Bardi, K. E. Buchanan, R. Goodwin, L. Slabu, and M. Robinson, “Value Stability and Change during Self-Chosen Life Transitions: Self-Selection versus Socialization Effects,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 106, no. 1 (2014): 131–147.

  42. 42. D. C. Hambrick, “Upper Echelons Theory: An Update,” Academy of Management Review 32, no. 2 (2007): 334–343; M. A. Carpenter, M. A. Geletkanycz, and W. G. Sanders, “Upper Echelons Research Revisited: Antecedents, Elements, and Consequences of Top Management Team Composition,” Journal of Management 30, no. 6 (2004): 749–778; and H. Wang, A. S. Tsui, and K. R. Xin, “CEO Leadership Behaviors, Organizational Performance, and Employees’ Attitudes,” Leadership Quarterly 22, no. 1 (2011): 92–105.

  43. 43. V. Tabvuma, Y. Georgellis, and T. Lange, “Orientation Training and Job Satisfaction: A Sector and Gender Analysis,” Human Resource Management 54, no. 2 (2015): 303–321; and T. N. Bauer, T. Bodner, B. Erdogan, D. M. Truxillo, and J. S. Tucker, “Newcomer Adjustment during Organizational Socialization: A Meta-Analytic Review of Antecedents, Outcomes, and Methods,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 3 (2007): 707–721.

  44. 44. R. E. Silverman, “Companies Try to Make the First Day for New Hires More Fun,” The Wall Street Journal, May 28, 2013, http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323336104578501631475934850.html.

  45. 45. D. M. Cable, F. Gino, and B. R. Staats, “Breaking Them in or Eliciting Their Best? Reframing Socialization around Newcomers’ Authentic Self-Expression,” Administrative Science Quarterly 58, no. 1 (2013): 1–36; and M. Wang, J. Kammeyer-Mueller, and Y. Liu, “Context, Socialization, and Newcomer Learning,” Organizational Psychology Review 5, no. 1 (2015): 3–25.

  46. 46. C. J. Collins, “The Interactive Effects of Recruitment Practices and Product Awareness on Job Seekers’ Employer Knowledge and Application Behaviors,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 1 (2007): 180–190.

  47. 47. J. D. Kammeyer-Mueller and C. R. Wanberg, “Unwrapping the Organizational Entry Process: Disentangling Multiple Antecedents and Their Pathways to Adjustment,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 5 (2003): 779–794; E. W. Morrison, “Longitudinal Study of the Effects of Information Seeking on Newcomer Socialization,” Journal of Applied Psychology 78, no. 2 (2003): 173–183; and M. Wang, Y. Zhan, E. McCune, and D. Truxillo, “Understanding Newcomers’ Adaptability and Work-Related Outcomes: Testing the Mediating Roles of Perceived P-E Fit Variables,” Personnel Psychology 64, no. 1 (2011): 163–189.

  48. 48. A. M. Ellis, T. N. Bauer, L. R. Mansfield, B. Erdogan, D. M. Truxillo, and L. S. Simon, “Navigating Uncharted Waters: Newcomer Socialization through the Lens of Stress Theory,” Journal of Management 41, no. 1 (2015): 203–235; and E. Lapointe, C. Vandenberghe, and J.-S. Boudrias, “Organizational Socialization Tactics and Newcomer Adjustment: The Mediating Role of Role Clarity and Affect-Based Trust Relationships,” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 87, no. 3 (2014): 599–624.

  49. 49. T. N. Bauer, T. Bodner, B. Erdogan, D. M. Truxillo, and J. S. Tucker, “Newcomer Adjustment during Organizational Socialization: A Meta-Analytic Review of Antecedents, Outcomes, and Methods,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 3 (2007): 707–721.

  50. 50. W. R. Boswell, A. J. Shipp, S. C. Payne, and S. S. Culbertson, “Changes in Newcomer Job Satisfaction over Time: Examining the Pattern of Honeymoons and Hangovers,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 4 (2009): 844–858; and W. R. Boswell, J. W. Boudreau, and J. Tichy, “The Relationship between Employee Job Change and Job Satisfaction: The Honeymoon-Hangover Effect,” Journal of Applied Psychology 90, no. 5 (2005): 882–892.

  51. 51. J. D. Kammeyer-Mueller, C. R. Wanberg, A. L. Rubenstein, and Z. Song, “Support, Undermining, and Newcomer Socialization: Fitting in during the First 90 Days,” Academy of Management Journal 56, no. 4 (2013): 1104–1124; and M. Jokisaari and J. Nurmi, “Change in Newcomers’ Supervisor Support and Socialization Outcomes after Organizational Entry,” Academy of Management Journal 52, no. 3 (2009): 527–544.

  52. 52. C. Vandenberghe, A. Panaccio, K. Bentein, K. Mignonac, and P. Roussel, “Assessing Longitudinal Change of and Dynamic Relationships among Role Stressors, Job Attitudes, Turnover Intention, and Well-Being in Neophyte Newcomers,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 32, no. 4 (2011): 652–671.

  53. 53. E. Ransdell, “The Nike Story? Just Tell It!” Fast Company, January–February 2000, 44–46; and A. Muccino, “Exclusive Interview with Chuck Eichten,” Liquid Brand Summit (blog), February 4, 2011, http://blog.liquidbrandsummit.com/once-there-was-a-brand-qa-with-nike-design-director-chuck-eichten/.

  54. 54. S. L. Dailey and L. Browning, “Retelling Stories in Organizations: Understanding the Functions of Narrative Repetition,” Academy of Management Review 39, no. 1 (2014): 22–43.

  55. 55. A. J. Shipp and K. J. Jansen, “Reinterpreting Time in Fit Theory: Crafting and Recrafting Narratives of Fit in Medias Res,” Academy of Management Review 36, no. 1 (2011): 76–101.

  56. 56. See G. Islam and M. J. Zyphur, “Rituals in Organizations: A Review and Expansion of Current Theory,” Group & Organization Management 34, no. 1 (2009): 114–39.

  57. 57. M. Moskowitz and F. Levering, “The 100 Best Companies to Work For,” Fortune, February 6, 2012, 120.

  58. 58. A. Bryant, “Take the Bus, and Watch the Ideas Flow,” The New York Times, September 16, 2012, 2.

  59. 59. M. G. Pratt and A. Rafaeli “Artifacts and Organizations: Understanding Our Objective Reality,” in Artifacts and Organizations: Beyond Mere Symbolism, eds. A. Rafaeli and M. G. Pratt (Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 2006), 279–288.

  60. 60. B. Gruley, “Relaxed Fit,” Bloomberg Businessweek, September 17–23, 2012, 98–99.

  61. 61. M. Moskowitz and R. Levering, “The 100 Best Companies to Work For,” Fortune, February 6, 2012, 117–124.

  62. 62. A. Ardichvilli, J. A. Mitchell, and D. Jondle, “Characteristics of Ethical Business Cultures,” Journal of Business Ethics 85, no. 4 (2009): 445–451; D. M. Mayer, “A Review of the Literature on Ethical Climate and Culture,” in The Oxford Handbook of Organizational Climate and Culture, eds. B. Schneider and K. M. Barbera (New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2014), 415–440.

  63. 63. J. P. Mulki, J. F. Jaramillo, and W. B. Locander, “Critical Role of Leadership on Ethical Climate and Salesperson Behaviors,” Journal of Business Ethics 86, no. 2 (2009): 125–141; M. Schminke, M. L. Ambrose, and D. O. Neubaum, “The Effect of Leader Moral Development on Ethical Climate and Employee Attitudes,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 97, no. 2 (2005): 135–151; and M. E. Brown, L. K. Treviño, and D. A. Harrison, “Ethical Leadership: A Social Learning Perspective for Construct Development and Testing,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 97, no. 2 (2005): 117–134.

  64. 64. D. M. Mayer, M. Kuenzi, R. Greenbaum, M. Bardes, and S. Salvador, “How Low Does Ethical Leadership Flow? Test of a Trickle-Down Model,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 108, no. 1 (2009): 1–13; and L. J. Christensen, A. Mackey, and D. Whetten, “Taking Responsibility for Corporate Social Responsibility: The Role of Leaders in Creating, Implementing, Sustaining, or Avoiding Socially Responsible Firm Behaviors,” Academy of Management Perspectives 28, no. 2 (2014): 164–178.

  65. 65. B. Sweeney, D. Arnold, and B. Pierce, “The Impact of Perceived Ethical Culture of the Firm and Demographic Variables on Auditors’ Ethical Evaluation and Intention to Act Decisions,” Journal of Business Ethics 93, no. 4 (2010): 531–551.

  66. 66. M. L. Gruys, S. M. Stewart, J. Goodstein, M. N. Bing, and A. C. Wicks, “Values Enactment in Organizations: A Multi-Level Examination,” Journal of Management 34, no. 4 (2008): 806–843.

  67. 67. D. L. Nelson and C. L. Cooper eds., Positive Organizational Behavior (London, UK: Sage, 2007); K. S. Cameron, J. E. Dutton, and R. E. Quinn, eds., Positive Organizational Scholarship: Foundations of a New Discipline (San Francisco, CA: Berrett-Koehler, 2003); and F. Luthans and C. M. Youssef, “Emerging Positive Organizational Behavior,” Journal of Management 33, no. 3 (2007): 321–349.

  68. 68. S. Fineman, “On Being Positive: Concerns and Counterpoints,” Academy of Management Review 31, no. 2 (2006): 270–291.

  69. 69. E. Poole, “Organisational Spirituality: A Literature Review,” Journal of Business Ethics 84, no. 4 (2009): 577–588.

  70. 70. L. W. Fry and J. W. Slocum, “Managing the Triple Bottom Line through Spiritual Leadership,” Organizational Dynamics 37, no. 1 (2008): 86–96.

  71. 71. See, for example, C. L. Jurkiewicz and R. A. Giacalone, “A Values Framework for Measuring the Impact of Workplace Spirituality on Organizational Performance,” Journal of Business Ethics 49, no. 2 (2004): 129–142.

  72. 72. See, for example, B. S. Pawar, “Workplace Spirituality Facilitation: A Comprehensive Model,” Journal of Business Ethics 90, no. 3 (2009): 375–386; and L. Lambert, Spirituality Inc.: Religion in the American Workplace (New York: University Press, 2009).

  73. 73. M. Oppenheimer, “The Rise of the Corporate Chaplain,” Bloomberg Businessweek, August 23, 2012, 58–61.

  74. 74. M. Lips-Miersma, K. L. Dean, and C. J. Fornaciari, “Theorizing the Dark Side of the Workplace Spirituality Movement,” Journal of Management Inquiry 18, no. 4 (2009): 288–300.

  75. 75. J.-C. Garcia-Zamor, “Workplace Spirituality and Organizational Performance,” Public Administration Review 63, no. 3 (2003): 355–363; and L. W. Fry, S. T. Hannah, M. Noel, and F. O. Walumbwa, “Impact of Spiritual Leadership on Unit Performance,” Leadership Quarterly 22, no. 2 (2011): 259–270.

  76. 76. A. Rego and M. Pina e Cunha, “Workplace Spirituality and Organizational Commitment: An Empirical Study,” Journal of Organizational Change Management 21, no. 1 (2008): 53–75; R. W. Kolodinsky, R. A. Giacalone, and C. L. Jurkiewicz, “Workplace Values and Outcomes: Exploring Personal, Organizational, and Interactive Workplace Spirituality,” Journal of Business Ethics 81, no. 2 (2008): 465–480; and M. Gupta, V. Kumar, and M. Singh, “Creating Satisfied Employees through Workplace Spirituality: A Study of the Private Insurance Sector in Punjab, India,” Journal of Business Ethics 122, no. 1 (2014): 79–88.

  77. 77. D. J. McCarthy and S. M. Puffer, “Interpreting the Ethicality of Corporate Governance Decision in Russia: Utilizing Integrative Social Contracts Theory to Evaluate the Relevance of Agency Theory Norms,” Academy of Management Review 33, no. 1 (2008): 11–31.

Chapter 17

  1. 1. See, for instance, J. Birkinshaw, G. Hamel, and M. J. Mol, “Management Innovation,” Academy of Management Review 33, no. 4 (2008): 825–845; and J. Welch and S. Welch, “What Change Agents Are Made Of,” BusinessWeek, October 20, 2008, 96.

  2. 2. P. G. Audia and S. Brion, “Reluctant to Change: Self-Enhancing Responses to Diverging Performance Measures,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 102, no. 2 (2007): 255–269.

  3. 3. M. Fugate, A. J. Kinicki, and G. E. Prussia, “Employee Coping with Organizational Change: An Examination of Alternative Theoretical Perspectives and Models,” Personnel Psychology 61, no. 1 (2008): 1–36.

  4. 4. R. B. L. Sijbom, O. Janssen, and N. W. Van Yperen, “How to Get Radical Creative Ideas into a Leader’s Mind? Leader’s Achievement Goals and Subordinates’ Voice of Creative Ideas,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 24, no. 2 (2015): 279–296.

  5. 5. J. D. Ford, L. W. Ford, and A. D’Amelio, “Resistance to Change: The Rest of the Story,” Academy of Management Review 33, no. 2 (2008): 362–377.

  6. 6. R. K. Smollan, “The Multi-Dimensional Nature of Resistance to Change,” Journal of Management & Organization 17, no. 6 (2011): 828–849.

  7. 7. P. C. Fiss and E. J. Zajac, “The Symbolic Management of Strategic Change: Sensegiving via Framing and Decoupling,” Academy of Management Journal 49, no. 6 (2006): 1173–1193.

  8. 8. A. E. Rafferty and S. L. D. Restubog, “The Impact of Change Process and Context on Change Reactions and Turnover during a Merger,” Journal of Management 36, no. 5 (2010): 1309–1338.

  9. 9. D. M. Herold, D. B. Fedor, and S. D. Caldwell, “Beyond Change Management: A Multilevel Investigation of Contextual and Personal Influences on Employees’ Commitment to Change,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 4 (2007): 942–951; and G. B. Cunningham, “The Relationships among Commitment to Change, Coping with Change, and Turnover Intentions,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 15, no. 1 (2006): 29–45.

  10. 10. R. Peccei, A. Giangreco, and A. Sebastiano, “The Role of Organizational Commitment in the Analysis of Resistance to Change: Co-predictor and Moderator Effects,” Personnel Review 40, no. 2 (2011): 185–204.

  11. 11. J. P. Kotter, “Leading Change: Why Transformational Efforts Fail,” Harvard Business Review, January 2007, 96–103.

  12. 12. K. van Dam, S. Oreg, and B. Schyns, “Daily Work Contexts and Resistance to Organisational Change: The Role of Leader–Member Exchange, Development Climate, and Change Process Characteristics,” Applied Psychology: An International Review 57, no. 2 (2008): 313–334.

  13. 13. A. H. Y. Hon, M. Bloom, and J. M. Crant, “Overcoming Resistance to Change and Enhancing Creative Performance,” Journal of Management 40, no. 3 (2014): 919–941.

  14. 14. S. Oreg and N. Sverdlik, “Ambivalence toward Imposed Change: The Conflict between Dispositional Resistance to Change and the Orientation toward the Change Agent,” Journal of Applied Psychology 96, no. 2 (2011): 337–349.

  15. 15. D. B. Fedor, S. Caldwell, and D. M. Herold, “The Effects of Organizational Changes on Employee Commitment: A Multilevel Investigation,” Personnel Psychology 59, no. 1 (2006): 1–29; and R. D. Foster, “Resistance, Justice, and Commitment to Change,” Human Resource Development Quarterly 21, no. 1 (2010): 3–39.

  16. 16. S. Oreg, “Personality, Context, and Resistance to Organizational Change,” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 15, no. 1 (2006): 73–101.

  17. 17. S. M. Elias, “Employee Commitment in Times of Change: Assessing the Importance of Attitudes toward Organizational Change,” Journal of Management 35, no. 1 (2009): 37–55.

  18. 18. J. W. B. Lang and P. D. Bliese, “General Mental Ability and Two Types of Adaptation to Unforeseen Change: Applying Discontinuous Growth Models to the Task-Change Paradigm,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 2 (2009): 411–428.

  19. 19. See, for instance, A. Karaevli, “Performance Consequences for New CEO ‘Outsiderness’: Moderating Effects of Pre- and Post-Succession Contexts,” Strategic Management Journal 28, no. 7 (2007): 681–706.

  20. 20. See, for instance, J. Manchester et al., “Facilitating Lewin’s Change Model with Collaborative Evaluation in Promoting Evidence Based Practices of Health Professionals,” Evaluation and Program Planning 47 (2014): 82–90.

  21. 21. P. G. Audia, E. A. Locke, and K. G. Smith, “The Paradox of Success: An Archival and a Laboratory Study of Strategic Persistence Following Radical Environmental Change,” Academy of Management Journal 43, no. 5 (2000): 837–853; and P. G. Audia and S. Brion, “Reluctant to Change: Self-Enhancing Responses to Diverging Performance Measures,” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes 102, no. 2 (2007): 255–269.

  22. 22. See, for instance, J. Kim, “Use of Kotter’s Leading Change Model to Develop and Implement a Heart Failure Education Program for Certified Nursing Assistants in a Long-Term Care Facility,” Nursing Research 64, no. 2 (2015): E35; and J. Pollack and R. Pollack, “Using Kotter’s Eight Stage Process to Manage an Organisational Change Program: Presentation and Practice,” Systemic Practice and Action Research 28, no. 1 (2015): 41–66.

  23. 23. See, for example, L. S. Lüscher and M. W. Lewis, “Organizational Change and Managerial Sensemaking: Working through Paradox,” Academy of Management Journal 51, no. 2 (2008): 221–240.

  24. 24. For example, see R. J. Marshak and D. Grant, “Organizational Discourse and New Organization Development Practices,” British Journal of Management 19, no. 1 (2008): S7–S19.

  25. 25. See, for instance, R. Lines, “Influence of Participation in Strategic Change: Resistance, Organizational Commitment and Change Goal Achievement,” Journal of Change Management 4, no. 3 (2004): 193–215.

  26. 26. M. J. Mol and J. Birkinshaw, “The Role of External Involvement in the Creation of Management Innovations,” Organization Studies 35, no. 9 (2014): 1287–1312; and R. Slater and A. Coyle, “The Governing of the Self/the Self-Governing Self: Multi-Rater Feedback and Practices 1940–2011,” Theory & Psychology 24, no. 2 (2014): 233–255.

  27. 27. T. Fauth, K. Hattrub, K. Mueller, and B. Roberts, “Nonresponse in Employee Attitude Surveys: A Group-Level Analysis,” Journal of Business and Psychology 28, no. 1 (2013): 1–16.

  28. 28. F. J. Lambrechts, R. Bouwen, S. Grieten, J. P. Huybrechts, and E. H. Schein, “Learning to Help through Humble Inquiry and Implications for Management Research, Practice, and Education: An Interview with Edgar H. Schein,” Academy of Management Learning & Education 10, no. 1 (2011): 131–148.

  29. 29. W. W. G. Dyer, W. G. Dyer, and J. H. Dyer, Team Building: Proven Strategies for Improving Team Performance (Hoboken, NJ: Jossey-Bass, 2007).

  30. 30. U. Wagner, L. Tropp, G. Finchilescu, and C. Tredoux, eds., Improving Intergroup Relations (New York, NY: Wiley-Blackwell, 2008).

  31. 31. See, for example, B. Verleysen, F. Lambrechts, and F. Van Acker, “Building Psychological Capital with Appreciative Inquiry: Investigating the Mediating Role of Basic Psychological Need Satisfaction,” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 51, no. 1 (2015): 10–35.

  32. 32. P. Jarzabkowski, J. Lê, and A. Van de Ven, “Responding to Competing Strategic Demands: How Organizing, Belonging, and Performing Paradoxes Coevolve,” Strategic Organization 11, no. 3 (2013): 245–280; and W. K. Smith, “Dynamic Decision Making: A Model of Senior Leaders Managing Strategic Paradoxes,” Academy of Management Journal 57, no. 6 (2014): 1592–1623.

  33. 33. J. Jay, “Navigating Paradox as a Mechanism of Change and Innovation in Hybrid Organizations,” Academy of Management Journal 56, no. 1 (2013): 137–159.

  34. 34. Y. Zhang, D. A. Waldman, Y. Han, and X. Li, “Paradoxical Leader Behaviors in People Management: Antecedents and Consequences,” Academy of Management Journal 58, no. 2 (2015): 538–566.

  35. 35. See, for instance, G. P. Pisano, “You Need an Innovation Strategy,” Harvard Business Review, June 2015, 44–54.

  36. 36. H. W. Volberda, F. A. J. Van den Bosch, and C. V. Heij, “Management Innovation: Management as Fertile Ground for Innovation,” European Management Review 10, no. 1 (2013): 1–15.

  37. 37. F. Damanpour, “Organizational Innovation: A Meta-Analysis of Effects of Determinants and Moderators,” Academy of Management Journal 34, no. 3 (1991): 555–590; and G. Westerman, F. W. McFarlan, and M. Iansiti, “Organization Design and Effectiveness over the Innovation Life Cycle,” Organization Science 17, no. 2 (2006): 230–238.

  38. 38. See P. Schepers and P. T. Van den Berg, “Social Factors of Work-Environment Creativity,” Journal of Business and Psychology 21, no. 3 (2007): 407–428.

  39. 39. S. Chang, L. Jia, R. Takeuchi, and Y. Cai, “Do High-Commitment Work Systems Affect Creativity? A Multilevel Combinational Approach to Employee Creativity,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 4 (2014): 665–680.

  40. 40. M. E. Mullins, S. W. J. Kozlowski, N. Schmitt, and A. W. Howell, “The Role of the Idea Champion in Innovation: The Case of the Internet in the Mid-1990s,” Computers in Human Behavior 24, no. 2 (2008): 451–467.

  41. 41. C. Y. Murnieks, E. Mosakowski, and M. S. Cardon, “Pathways of Passion: Identity Centrality, Passion, and Behavior among Entrepreneurs,” Journal of Management 40, no. 6 (2014): 1583–1606.

  42. 42. S. C. Parker, “Intrapreneurship or Entrepreneurship?” Journal of Business Venturing 26, no. 1 (2011): 19–34.

  43. 43. M. Č, M. Jaklič, and M. Škerlavaj, “Decoupling Management and Technological Innovations: Resolving the Individualism-Collectivism Controversy,” Journal of International Management 19, no. 2 (2013): 103–117.

  44. 44. See, for example, T. B. Lawrence, M. K. Mauws, B. Dyck, and R. F. Kleysen, “The Politics of Organizational Learning: Integrating Power into the 4I Framework,” Academy of Management Review 30, no. 1 (2005): 180–191.

  45. 45. J. Kim, T. Egan, and H. Tolson, “Examining the Dimensions of the Learning Organization Questionnaire: A Review and Critique of Research Utilizing the DLOQ,” Human Resource Development Review 14, no. 1 (2015): 91–112.

  46. 46. L. Berghman, P. Matthyssens, S. Streukens, and K. Vandenbempt, “Deliberate Learning Mechanisms for Stimulating Strategic Innovation Capacity,” Long Range Planning 46, nos. 1–2 (2013): 39–71.

  47. 47. M.-G. Seo, M. S. Taylor, N. S. Hill, X. Zhang, P. E. Tesluk, and N. M. Lorinkova, “The Role of Affect and Leadership during Organizational Change,” Personnel Psychology 65, no. 1 (2012): 121–165.

  48. 48. M. Fugate, G. E. Prussia, and A. J. Kinicki, “Managing Employee Withdrawal during Organizational Change: The Role of Threat Appraisal,” Journal of Management 38, no. 3 (2012): 890–914.

  49. 49. J. Shin, M. S. Taylor, and M.-G. Seo, “Resources for Change: The Relationships of Organizational Inducements and Psychological Resilience to Employees’ Attitudes and Behaviors toward Organizational Change,” Academy of Management Journal 55, no. 3 (2012): 727–748.

  50. 50. B. Mirza, “Workplace Stress Hits Three-Year High,” HR Magazine, April 2012, 15.

  51. 51. “What Is Stress?” from The American Institute of Stress website, accessed February 24, 2016, http://www.stress.org/what-is-stress.

  52. 52. Ibid.

  53. 53. N. P. Podsakoff, J. A. LePine, and M. A. LePine, “Differential Challenge-Hindrance Stressor Relationships with Job Attitudes, Turnover Intentions, Turnover, and Withdrawal Behavior: A Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 2 (2007): 438–54; and J. A. LePine, M. A. LePine, and C. L. Jackson, “Challenge and Hindrance Stress: Relationships with Exhaustion, Motivation to Learn, and Learning Performance,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 5 (2004): 883–891.

  54. 54. J. C. Wallace, B. D. Edwards, T. Arnold, M. L. Frazier, and D. M. Finch, “Work Stressors, Role-Based Performance, and the Moderating Influence of Organizational Support,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 1 (2009): 254–262.

  55. 55. IBID

  56. 56. A. B. Bakker, E. Demerouti, and A. I. Sanz-Vergel, “Burnout and Work Engagement: The JD–R Approach,” Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior 1 (2014): 389–411.

  57. 57. “Stress in America: Paying with Our Health,” American Psychological Association press release, February 4, 2015, from the APA website, https://www.apa.org/news/press/releases/stress/2014/stress-report.pdf.

  58. 58. J. de Jonge and C. Dormann, “Stressors, Resources, and Strain at Work: A Longitudinal Test of the Triple-Match Principle,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 5 (2006): 1359–1374.

  59. 59. D. C. Ganster and C. C. Rosen, “Work Stress and Employee Health: A Multidisciplinary Review,” Journal of Management 39, no. 5 (2013): 1085–1122.

  60. 60. P. Sterling, “Allostasis: A Model of Predictive Regulation,” Physiology & Behavior 106, no. 1 (2012): 5–15.

  61. 61. S. Gilboa, A. Shirom, Y. Fried, and C. L. Cooper, “A Meta-Analysis of Work Demand Stressors and Job Performance: Examining Main and Moderating Effects,” Personnel Psychology 61, no. 2 (2008): 227–271.

  62. 62. A. E. Rafferty and M. A. Griffin, “Perceptions of Organizational Change: A Stress and Coping Perspective,” Journal of Applied Psychology 71, no. 5 (2007): 1154–1162.

  63. 63. R. Ilies, N. Dimotakis, and I. E. De Pater, “Psychological and Physiological Reactions to High Workloads: Implications for Well-Being,” Personnel Psychology 63, no. 2 (2010): 407–436; and A. B. Bakker, E. Demerouti, and A. I. Sanz-Vergel, “Burnout and Work Engagement: The JD–R Approach,” Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior 1 (2014): 389–411.

  64. 64. T. L. Smith-Jackson and K. W. Klein, “Open-Plan Offices: Task Performance and Mental Workload,” Journal of Environmental Psychology 29, no. 2 (2009): 279–289.

  65. 65. C. Fritz and S. Sonnentag, “Antecedents of Day-Level Proactive Behavior: A Look at Job Stressors and Positive Affect during the Workday,” Journal of Management 35, no. 1 (2009): 94–111.

  66. 66. S. Lim, L. M. Cortina, and V. J. Magley, “Personal and Workgroup Incivility: Impact on Work and Health Outcomes,” Journal of Applied Psychology 93, no. 1 (2008): 95–107; N. T. Buchanan and L. F. Fitzgerald, “Effects of Racial and Sexual Harassment on Work and the Psychological Well-Being of African American Women,” Journal of Occupational Health Psychology 13, no. 2 (2008): 137–151; C. R. Willness, P. Steel, and K. Lee, “A Meta-Analysis of the Antecedents and Consequences of Workplace Sexual Harassment,” Personnel Psychology 60, no. 1 (2007): 127–162; and B. Moreno-Jiménez, A. Rodríguez-Muñoz, J. C. Pastor, A. I. Sanz-Vergel, and E. Garrosa, “The Moderating Effects of Psychological Detachment and Thoughts of Revenge in Workplace Bullying,” Personality and Individual Differences 46, no. 3 (2009): 359–364.

  67. 67. L. Yang, J. Bauer, R. E. Johnson, M. W. Groer, and K. Salomon, “Physiological Mechanisms That Underlie the Effects of Interactional Unfairness on Deviant Behavior: The Role of Cortisol Activity,” Journal of Applied Psychology 99, no. 2 (2014): 310–321.

  68. 68. M. T. Schmitt, N. R. Branscombe, T. Postmes, and A. Garcia, “The Consequences of Perceived Discrimination for Psychological Well-Being: A Meta-Analytic Review,” Psychological Bulletin 140, no. 4 (2014): 921–948.

  69. 69. “Stress in America: Paying with Our Health,” American Psychological Association, February 4, 2015, http://www.apa.org/news/press/releases/stress/2014/stress-report.pdf.

  70. 70. Q. Hu, W. B. Schaufeli, and T. W. Taris, “The Job Demands–Resources Model: An Analysis of Additive and Joint Effects of Demands and Resources,” Journal of Vocational Behavior 79, no. 1 (2011): 181–190.

  71. 71. E. R. Crawford, J. A. LePine, and B. L. Rich, “Linking Job Demands and Resources to Employee Engagement and Burnout: A Theoretical Extension and Meta-Analytic Test,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 5 (2010): 834–848.

  72. 72. See J. B. Halbesleben, “Sources of Social Support and Burnout: A Meta-Analytic Test of the Conservation of Resources Model,” Journal of Applied Psychology 91, no. 5 (2006): 1134–1145; N. Bolger and D. Amarel, “Effects of Social Support Visibility on Adjustment to Stress: Experimental Evidence,” Journal of Applied Psychology 92, no. 3 (2007): 458–475; and C. Fernet, M. Gagné, and S. Austin, “When Does Quality of Relationships with Coworkers Predict Burnout over Time? The Moderating Role of Work Motivation,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 31, no. 8 (2010): 1163–1180.

  73. 73. J. B. Avey, F. Luthans, and S. M. Jensen, “Psychological Capital: A Positive Resource for Combating Employee Stress and Turnover,” Human Resource Management 48, no. 5 (2009): 677–693.

  74. 74. See, for example, C. M. Middeldorp, D. C. Cath, A. L. Beem, G. Willemsen, and D. I. Boomsma, “Life Events, Anxious Depression, and Personality: A Prospective and Genetic Study,” Psychological Medicine 38, no. 11 (2008): 1557–1565; A. A. Uliaszek et al. “The Role of Neuroticism and Extraversion in the Stress-Anxiety and Stress-Depression Relationships,” Anxiety, Stress, and Coping 23, no. 4 (2010): 363–381.

  75. 75. J. D. Kammeyer-Mueller, T. A. Judge, and B. A. Scott, “The Role of Core Self-Evaluations in the Coping Process,” Journal of Applied Psychology 94, no. 1 (2009): 177–195.

  76. 76. J. Chen, C. Silverthorne, and J. Hung, “Organization Communication, Job Stress, Organizational Commitment, and Job Performance of Accounting Professionals in Taiwan and America,” Leadership & Organization Development Journal 27, no. 4 (2006): 242–249; and C. Liu, P. E. Spector, and L. Shi, “Cross-National Job Stress: A Quantitative and Qualitative Study,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 28, no. 2 (2007): 209–239.

  77. 77. P. E. Spector et al., “Cross National Differences in Relationships of Work Demands, Job Satisfaction, and Turnover Intention with Work-Family Conflict,” Personnel Psychology 60, no. 4 (2007): 805–835.

  78. 78. H. M. Addae and X. Wang, “Stress at Work: Linear and Curvilinear Effects of Psychological-, Job-, and Organization-Related Factors: An Exploratory Study of Trinidad and Tobago,” International Journal of Stress Management 13, no. 4 (2006): 476–493.

  79. 79. M. Kivimäki, J. Head, J. E. Ferrie, E. Brunner, M. G. Marmot, J. Vahtera, and M. J. Shipley, “Why Is Evidence on Job Strain and Coronary Heart Disease Mixed? An Illustration of Measurement Challenges in the Whitehall II Study,” Psychosomatic Medicine 68, no. 3 (2006): 398–401.

  80. 80. M. Borritz et al., “Impact on Burnout and Psychosocial Work Characteristics on Future Long-Term Sickness Absence, Prospective Results of the Danish PUMA Study among Human Service Workers,” Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine 52, no. 10 (2010): 964–970.

  81. 81. R. Ilies, N. Dimotakis, and I. E. DePater, “Psychological and Physiological Reactions to High Workloads: Implications for Well-Being,” Personnel Psychology 63, no. 2 (2010): 407–463.

  82. 82. D. Örtqvist and J. Wincent, “Prominent Consequences of Role Stress: A Meta-Analytic Review,” International Journal of Stress Management 13, no. 4 (2006): 399–422.

  83. 83. J. J. Hakanen, A. B. Bakker, and M. Jokisaari, “A 35-Year Follow-Up Study on Burnout among Finnish Employees,” Journal of Occupational Health Psychology 16 no. 3 (2011): 345–360; E. R. Crawford, J. A. LePine, and B. L. Rich, “Linking Job Demands and Resources to Employee Engagement and Burnout: A Theoretical Extension and Meta-Analytic Test,” Journal of Applied Psychology 95, no. 5 (2010): 834–848; and G. A. Chung-Yan, “The Nonlinear Effects of Job Complexity and Autonomy on Job Satisfaction, Turnover, and Psychological Well-Being,” Journal of Occupational Health Psychology 15, no. 3 (2010): 237–251.

  84. 84. L. L. Meier, N. K. Semmer, A. Elfering, and N. Jacobshagen, “The Double Meaning of Control: Three-Way Interactions between Internal Resources, Job Control, and Stressors at Work,” Journal of Occupational Health Psychology 13, no. 3 (2008): 244–258.

  85. 85. E. M. de Croon, J. K. Sluiter, R. W. B. Blonk, J. P. J. Broersen, and M. H. W. Frings-Dresen, “Stressful Work, Psychological Job Strain, and Turnover: A 2-Year Prospective Cohort Study of Truck Drivers,” Journal of Applied Psychology 89, no. 3 (2004): 442–454; R. Cropanzano, D. E. Rupp, and Z. S. Byrne, “The Relationship of Emotional Exhaustion to Work Attitudes, Job Performance, and Organizational Citizenship Behaviors,” Journal of Applied Psychology 88, no. 1 (2003): 160–169; and S. Diestel and K. Schmidt, “Costs of Simultaneous Coping with Emotional Dissonance and Self-Control Demands at Work: Results from Two German Samples,” Journal of Applied Psychology 96, no. 3 (2011): 643–653.

  86. 86. Y.-C. Wu, “Job Stress and Job Performance among Employees on the Taiwanese Finance Sector: The Role of Emotional Intelligence,” Social Behavior and Personality 39, no. 1 (2011): 21–31. This study was replicated with similar results in U. Yozgat, S. Yurtkoru, and E. Bilginoglu, “Job Stress and Job Performance among Employees in Public Sector in Istanbul: Examining the Moderating Role of Emotional Intelligence,” in Procedia—Social and Behavioral Sciences vol. 75, ed. E. Eren (2013), 518–524.

  87. 87. K. M. Richardson and H. R. Rothstein, “Effects of Occupational Stress Management Intervention Programs: A Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Occupational Health Psychology 13, no. 1 (2008): 69–93.

  88. 88. R. W. Renn, D. G. Allen, and T. M. Huning, “Empirical Examination of Individual-Level Personality-Based Theory of Self-Management Failure,” Journal of Organizational Behavior 32, no. 1 (2011): 25–43; and P. Gröpel and P. Steel, “A Mega-Trial Investigation of Goal Setting, Interest Enhancement, and Energy on Procrastination,” Personality and Individual Differences 45, no. 5 (2008): 406–411.

  89. 89. S. Klaperski, B. von Dawans, M. Heinrichs, and R. Fuchs, “Does the Level of Physical Exercise Affect Physiological and Psychological Responses to Psychosocial Stress in Women?” Psychology of Sport and Exercise 14, no. 2 (2013): 266–274.

  90. 90. K. M. Richardson and H. R. Rothstein, “Effects of Occupational Stress Management Intervention Programs: A Meta-Analysis,” Journal of Occupational Health Psychology 13, no. 1 (2008): 69–93.

  91. 91. V. C. Hahn, C. Binnewies, S. Sonnentag, and E. J. Mojza, “Learning How to Recover from Job Stress: Effects of a Recovery Training Program on Recovery, Recovery-Related Self-Efficacy, and Well-Being,” Journal of Occupational Health Psychology 16, no. 2 (2011): 202–216; and C. Binnewies, S. Sonnentag, and E. J. Mojza, “Recovery during the Weekend and Fluctuations in Weekly Job Performance: A Week-Level Study Examining Intra-Individual Relationships,” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 83, no. 2 (2010): 419–41.

  92. 92. E. R. Greenglass and L. Fiksenbaum, “Proactive Coping, Positive Affect, and Well-Being: Testing for Mediation Using Path Analysis,” European Psychologist 14, no. 1 (2009): 29–39; and P. Miquelon and R. J. Vallerand, “Goal Motives, Well-Being, and Physical Health: Happiness and Self-Realization as Psychological Resources under Challenge,” Motivation and Emotion 30, no. 4 (2006): 259–272.

  93. 93. M. M. Butts, R. J. Vandenberg, D. M. DeJoy, B. S. Schaffer, and M. G. Wilson, “Individual Reactions to High Involvement Work Processes: Investigating the Role of Empowerment and Perceived Organizational Support,” Journal of Occupational Health Psychology 14, no. 2 (2009): 122–136.

  94. 94. “100 Best Companies to Work For,” Fortune, August 17, 2011, http://money.cnn.com/magazines/fortune.

  95. 95. L. Blue, “Making Good Health Easy,” Time, February 12, 2009,  http://content.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,1879199,00.html; and M. Andrews, “America’s Best Health Plans,” US News and World Report, November 5, 2007, 54–60.

  96. 96. K. M. Richardson and H. R. Rothstein, “Effects of Occupational Stress Management Intervention Programs: A Meta-Analysis.”

  97. 97. L. L. Berry, A. M. Mirabito, and W. B. Baun, “What’s the Hard Return on Employee Wellness Programs?” Harvard Business Review, December 2010, https://hbr.org/2010/12/whats-the-hard-return-on-employee-wellness-programs.

  98. 98. S. Mattke, et al. Workplace Wellness Programs Study (Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2013).

..................Content has been hidden....................

You can't read the all page of ebook, please click here login for view all page.
Reset
18.227.228.95